Power GUI Programming with VisualAge C++/powergui.iso/trialva/ibmcppw/help/cppwve30.hlp

OS/2 Help File | 1996-02-21 | 446.0 KB | 15,774 lines

ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1. Trademarks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following terms are trademarks of the IBM Corporation in the United States
or other countries:

      AIX
      BookManager
      Common User Access
      CUA
      IBM
      IBMLink
      Library Reader
      OS/2
      OS/2 Warp
      PROFS
      QuickBrowse
      SAA
      System Object Model
      VisualAge
      WorkFrame
      Workplace Shell

 Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

 Other company, product, and service names, which may be denoted by a double
 asterisk (**), may be trademarks of others.

 IBM's VisualAge products and services are not associated with or sponsored by
 Visual Edge Software, Ltd.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2. General Tasks for Visual Builder ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Visual Builder is an object-oriented development environment that you can use
to visually construct applications with graphical user interfaces using a
technology called construction from parts.

To develop an application with Visual Builder, you must do the following:

   1. Use the Composition Editor to create your user interface.
   2. Make connections between the parts.
   3. Generate the C++ code for the parts
   4. Generate the main() function.
   5. Compile and link the code.

 To learn more about using Visual Builder, refer to the following Visual
 Builder documentation:

 Visual Builder User's Guide
      To learn more about using Visual Builder parts and features to build
      applications.

 Visual Builder Parts Reference
      For details about specific Visual Builder parts and features you can use.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3. VisualAge for C++ Help Menu Items ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The central portion of the Help pull-down menu is dedicated to all the online
documentation that is shipped with VisualAge for C++. Making a selection from
any of these cascaded menus launches the VisualAge for C++ documentation
associated with the menu item. You can find the same documentation in the
Information notebook found in the VisualAge for C++ folder.

The cascaded menus are organized as follows:

 At A Glance
   Provides general information on using VisualAge for C++, such as installing
   the product, a notebook that accesses the sample programs, and answers to
   frequently asked questions.

 Using VisualAge for C++
   Provides direct access to the individual sections of the User's Guide. For
   example, if you are using the Browser, you would look in the Browsing
   section for more information.

 How Do I Selections
   Provides access to the How Do I information for each component of VisualAge
   for C++. Use How Do I information to find out how to perform common tasks
   within VisualAge for C++.

 C/C++
   Provides access to the information that is specific to programming in C and
   C++.

 Class Libraries
   Provides access to the VisualAge for C++ Open Class Library documentation.

 Visual Programming
   Provides access to the information that is specific to creating your
   programs visually.

 SOM
   Provides access to the information specific to SOM.

 Windows Programming
   Provides access to the information about programming with the Win32 Software
   Development Kit.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4. Project Pull-Down Menu Help ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Project menu in the Visual Builder window gives you direct access to all of
the actions that you can perform from your current location.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5. How to Use the Task Roadmap ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use How Do I to see a list of tasks you can perform using Visual Builder.

To use the task roadmap, select a task from the list. Visual Builder displays
the steps you can use to perform the task.

To close the task roadmap, do one of the following:

     Press F3.
     Click on the window using mouse button 2, and select Exit from the pop-up
      menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Product Information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Product Information to see version and copyright information about Visual
Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6. Building an Application Visually ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Composition Editor lets you visually construct the composite parts that
make up your application.

From the Visual Builder window, you open the Composition Editor to edit a part.
By editing the part that represents the overall structure of your application
(usually its main user interface view), you graphically build your application
by making connections between parts.

Building an application with the Composition Editor involves the following
tasks:

     Adding a part from the parts palette
     Manipulating parts on the free-form surface
     Changing part settings
     Modifying the parts palette


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1. Adding a Part from the Parts Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To add a part from the parts palette to the free-form surface, follow these
steps:

   1. In the left column of the parts palette, use mouse button 1 to select the
      category containing the part you want. The icons representing the parts
      in the selected category appear in the right column.

   2. Select the part with mouse button 1. The mouse pointer becomes a
      crosshair, indicating that the mouse pointer is now loaded with the part
      you selected.

   3. Move the mouse pointer to the location where you want to place the part.

   4. Press and hold mouse button 1. An outline of the part you selected
      appears under the mouse pointer on the free-form surface. Without
      releasing the mouse button, you can move the mouse pointer to position it
      precisely.

   5. Release the mouse button. The part you selected is placed at the location
      of the mouse pointer, and the mouse pointer returns to normal.

   1. In the left column of the parts palette, use mouse button 1 to select the
      category containing the part you want. The icons representing the parts
      in the selected category appear in the right column.

   2. Select the part with mouse button 1. The mouse pointer becomes a
      crosshair, indicating that the mouse pointer is now loaded with the part
      you selected.

   3. Move the mouse pointer to the location where you want to place the part.

   4. Press and hold mouse button 1. An outline of the part you selected
      appears under the mouse pointer on the free-form surface. Without
      releasing the mouse button, you can move the mouse pointer to position it
      precisely.

   5. Release the mouse button. The part you selected is placed at the location
      of the mouse pointer, and the mouse pointer returns to normal.

 If you need to add multiple parts of the same class, before you select one or
 more categories that contain the parts you want, select the Sticky check box.

 If the part you want to add is not on the parts palette, you can add it with
 the Add new part choice from the Options menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2. Manipulating Parts on the Free-Form Surface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can perform the following operations on most parts:

     Selecting and deselecting parts
     Moving a part
     Resizing a visual part
     Copying a part
     Editing part text
     Displaying part pop-up menus


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.1. Selecting and Deselecting Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To select a part, click once on the part with mouse button 1.

To select more than one part, do either of the following:

     Position the mouse pointer over the first part you want to select.

     Hold down the Ctrl key in OS/2 or the Shift key in Windows and click
      mouse button 1 on each part you want to select.

     Hold down mouse button 1 instead of clicking it. Then move the mouse
      pointer over each part you want to select. After you select the parts,
      release mouse button 1.

 Selection is indicated by handles, small boxes that appear on the corners of
 the selected part. If you select more than one part, the one you selected most
 recently has primary selection, indicated by closed or solid handles (Γûá); the
 others have open handles.

 To deselect a part, position the mouse pointer over the part, hold down the
 Ctrl key, and click mouse button 1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.2. Moving a Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To move a part to another location on the free-form surface, follow these
steps:

   1. Place the mouse pointer over the part you want to move.

   2. Hold down mouse button 2 in OS/2 or mouse button 1 in Windows and move
      the mouse pointer to the new location. As you move the mouse, you see an
      outline of the part you are moving.

   3. Release the mouse button. The part appears in its new location, and you
      see a solid border, indicating target emphasis, around the window or form
      that contains the part.

 If the part you are dragging is one of several that you selected, all of the
 selected parts move together.

 If you start to move a part and then decide you want to leave it where it is,
 press Esc before releasing the mouse button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.3. Resizing a Visual Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To change the size of a visual part, follow these steps:

   1. Select the part by clicking once on the part with mouse button 1.

   2. Once the part is selected, place the mouse pointer over one of the
      handles and press mouse button 1.

   3. Hold down mouse button 1 and drag the handle to a new location. As you
      move the mouse, you see the outline of the part dynamically changing
      size. When it is the size you want, release the mouse button. The part
      changes to the size that you chose.

 If you start to resize a part and then decide you want to leave it as it was,
 press Esc before releasing the mouse button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.4. Copying a Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To copy a part, follow these steps:

   1. Place the mouse pointer over the part you want to copy.

   2. Hold down the Ctrl key and mouse button 2 or the Shift key and mouse
      button 1 in Windows. Move the mouse pointer to the location where you
      want the copy to be. As you move the mouse, you see an outline of the
      part you are copying.

   3. Release mouse button 2 and the Ctrl key in OS/2 or mouse button 1 and the
      Shift key in Windows. The part appears in its new location, and you see a
      solid border, indicating target emphasis, around the window or form that
      contains the part.

 If the part you are dragging is one of several that you selected, all of the
 selected parts are copied.

 If you start to copy a part and then decide you do not want to, press Esc
 before releasing the mouse button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.5. Editing Part Text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To edit the text of a label for a part, follow these steps:

   1. Hold down the Alt key.

   2. Click on the text you want to change with mouse button 1. The text is
      selected for editing.

   3. Edit the text.

   4. When you are finished, press Shift+Enter, or click with mouse button 1 on
      any part other than the one whose label you edited.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.6. Displaying Part Pop-Up Menus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To see a menu of operations you can perform on a part, click once on the part
with mouse button 2. The pop-up menu for the part appears. Choices on the
pop-up menu allow you to delete the part, rename it, and perform other
operations (which vary from one part to another). You can also display pop-up
menus on multiple parts by selecting the parts before clicking on mouse button
2.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3. Changing Part Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To change the settings for a part, follow these steps:

   1. Place the mouse pointer over the part and click mouse button 2. The
      pop-up menu for the part appears.

   2. Select Open settings from the menu. The settings view for the part
      appears.

 You can also double-click on the part to open the settings.

 For help with filling out the settings view for a part, open the help for that
 part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4. Tearing Off Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To tear off an attribute, follow these steps:

   1. Select Tear off attribute from the pop-up menu of the part whose
      attribute you want to access. Another menu appears listing all of the
      attributes of the part.

   2. Select the attribute you want to tear off.

 The mouse pointer is now loaded with a part representing the attribute you
 selected. Place the new part on the free-form surface, as you would any other
 nonvisual part. The torn-off attribute now appears as a stand-alone part
 connected to the original part by an attribute-to-attribute connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7. Modifying the Parts Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can modify the contents of the parts palette in the following ways:

     Add a new category
     Remove a category
     Add a new part
     Remove a part

 By modifying the parts palette, you can reuse parts you have purchased or
 built yourself.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8. Visual Builder Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Visual Builder window to work with parts.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder
     Load or unload .vbb files
     Save changes made to .vbb files
     Import or export part information
     Create new parts
     Edit, copy, delete, or rename parts
     Generate source code for the part and for the main application
     Add parts to the parts palette
     Filter part names

 Panes in this window

 The Visual Builder window consists of the following panes:

     Loaded part files
     Visual parts
     Nonvisual parts
     Loaded type information
     Information area

 Menu bar choices

     File
     Part
     Edit
     Options
     Help


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1. Loaded Part Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Loaded part files pane in the Visual Builder window provides a list of .vbb
files that you have already loaded into Visual Builder.

To load one or more files, do the following:

   1. Select FileLoad.
   2. From the window that appears, select the files you want to load.
   3. Select OK.

 By default, Visual Builder loads vbbase.vbb, which contains all parts shipped
 with Visual Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2. Visual Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Visual parts pane in the Visual Builder window provides a list of visual
C++ parts you can work with.

To see what parts are available, select one or more files from the Loaded part
files pane.

To work with parts, do either of the following:

     Select more parts from the Visual parts pane or the Nonvisual parts pane.
     Select a choice from the Part menu bar item.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3. Nonvisual Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Nonvisual parts pane in the Visual Builder window provides a list of
nonvisual C++ parts you can work with.

To see what parts are available, select one or more files from the Loaded part
files pane.

To work with parts, do either of the following:

     Select more parts from the Visual parts pane or the Nonvisual parts pane.
     Select a choice from the Part menu bar item.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4. Loaded Type Information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Loaded type information pane in the Visual Builder window shows the types
defined in the files you have loaded.

To display this pane, select Options Show type list from the Visual Builder
window's menu bar.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5. Information Area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The information area is a static text field at the bottom of the Visual Builder
window. It displays information about what to do, your current selection, or
the last operation. You can specify what information is shown about your
current selection through the Options menu bar item.

For example, if you select vbbase.vbb from the Loaded part files and then
select IButton from the Visual parts pane, the information area displays the
following text:

IButton selected


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9. Composition Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Composition Editor to design and build the user interface for the parts
that make up your application.

You build the interface by adding parts to the free-form surface, and you
construct the application logic by making connections between the parts. The
Composition Editor makes it easy to build a part because of the functions
available on the menu bar, pop-up menus, tool bar, and the variety of reusable
parts on the parts palette.

You can create new parts or edit existing ones.

When the mouse pointer is positioned over an item on the tool bar or on the
parts palette, a description of that item appears next to the mouse pointer.

Areas in this window

The four main areas of the Composition Editor window are as follows:

     Free-form surface
     Parts palette
     Tool bar
     Status area

 When you develop applications, you work extensively with these areas.

 Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder
     Placing parts on the free-form surface
     Adding a part
     Making connections
     Saving a part

 Menu bar choices

     File
     Edit
     View
     Options
     Tools
     Help

 Other views

 You can switch to another available view of a part by using the icons in the
 lower-right corner of the window or by using the View menu choice. The view
 icon for the editor you are currently using is not available. For example, if
 you are using the Composition Editor, the Part Interface Editor and Class
 Editor icons are available.

 Here are the views you can switch to from within the Class Editor:

 Class Editor Displays the Class Editor for the part you are working with. Use
      the Class Editor to specify the names of files that Visual Builder writes
      to when you generate default code. You can also use this editor to
      specify the following:

          The .vbb file that contains the part you are editing
          The name of the base class for your part
          Other files that you want to include when you build your application

 Part Interface Editor Displays the Part Interface Editor for the part you are
      working with. Use the Part Interface Editor to define the interface of
      parts for other programmers to use. You can use the Part Interface Editor
      to define the features (attributes, actions, and events) for your parts,
      along with a list of preferred features for the pop-up connections menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1. Free-Form Surface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The free-form surface is the large open area in the Composition Editor. Think
of it as a blank sheet of paper. It is the work area where you can add,
manipulate, and connect the parts that you work with to create your
application.

You can add visual parts and nonvisual parts to the free-form surface. You can
also add visual parts to another visual part to create a new part. For example,
you can add text and push buttons inside a window.

You can add nonvisual parts to build the application logic for a composite
part, such as a variable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2. Parts Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The parts palette provides building blocks you can use to construct an
application. It consists of several categories, each one containing a set of
parts. You can add a part to the application you are building by selecting a
category and then a part from the parts palette and dropping it on the
free-form surface. The status area displays the name of the category and the
part you select from the parts palette.

After you select a part from the parts palette, you can add one or more
instances of the same part to the free-form surface. To do this, select Sticky.

The parts palette can contain the following:

     Default categories and parts supplied with Visual Builder
     Parts you have constructed yourself
     Parts supplied by a vendor

 Typically, a category contains parts that are similar in behavior or that you
 can use to perform similar tasks. For example, the Frame extensions category
 contains parts such as menus, menu items, menu separators, and cascaded menu
 items. You can use all of these to add menus to an application.

 Additional information

     Modifying the parts palette


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2.1. Sticky ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Sticky from the lower-left corner of the parts palette to add several
parts of the same type from the parts palette to the free-form surface.

To use Sticky, select the part you want to add and then select Sticky. After
you place a part on the free-form surface, the mouse pointer continues to
display as a crosshair, indicating that you can place another part of the same
type from the free-form surface. The mouse pointer remains as a crosshair until
you do one of the following:

     Select Sticky again to turn it off.

     Select the Selection tool from the tool bar or from the Tools pull-down
      menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.3. Status Area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The status area is a scrollable static text field at the bottom of the
Composition Editor that displays information about your current selection or
the last operation.

For example, if you place a push button part on a frame window part and make a
connection between the two, the status area displays text similar to the
following:

Connection created... ('Apply',#buttonClickedEvent --> 'Canvas',#menu)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4. Tool Bar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the tools on the tool bar to help you build the user interface for your
application. Visual Builder also provides such tools as Show connections, Hide
connections, and Toggle grid that let you determine how the free-form surface
looks as you build your application. They also help you manage the visual
appearance of your application parts and accurately place them on the free-form
surface.

You can access some or all of these tools from the following:

     Tool bar, which is just below the menu bar in the Composition Editor

     Tools menu in the Composition Editor

     Pop-up menus for parts you place on the free-form surface

           Generate Part Source

           Selection tool

           Show connections

           Hide connections

           Toggle grid

           Snap to grid

           Align left

           Align center

           Align right

           Align top

           Align middle

           Align bottom

           Distribute horizontally

           Distribute vertically

           Match height

           Match width


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.1. Generate Part Source ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Generate part source to generate C++ code for your application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.2. Selection Tool ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select the Selection tool to unload the pointer and return it to the selection
pointer.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.3. Show Connections ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show connections to show the connections you have created between parts.

Visual Builder displays the connections to and from one or more selected parts
as colored lines with arrowheads. Visual Builder displays all connections by
default.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.4. Hide Connections ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Hide connections to hide the connecting links between parts.

If your application has many connections, you can reduce the number of
connections displayed by hiding those you are not currently working with.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.5. Toggle Grid ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Toggle grid to display or remove a grid in the selected window.

The grid can help you when you want to place correctly aligned visual parts on
the free-form surface. The grid does not appear at run time.

You can set the spacing of the grid lines by choosing Set grid spacing from the
pop-up menu for the parts and the free-form surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.6. Snap to Grid ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Snap to grid to align to the grid the parts you have selected. The upper
and left edges of the parts are aligned to the nearest grid lines. Using Snap
to grid helps evenly align the parts.

You do not need to display the grid for Snap To Grid to work.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.7. Align Left ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Align left to move the selected parts so that their left edges are
aligned. The most recently selected part, indicated by solid selection handles
(Γûá), is the part with which the others align. When you want to align parts with
one another, select the ones you want to move and then select the one you want
to serve as the alignment reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.8. Align Center ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Align center to move the selected parts so that their centers are
aligned vertically. The most recently selected part, indicated by solid
selection handles (Γûá), is the part with which the others align. When you want
to align parts with one another, select the ones you want to move and then
select the one you want to serve as the alignment reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.9. Align Right ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Align right to move the selected parts so that their right edges are
aligned. The most recently selected part, indicated by solid selection handles
(Γûá), is the part with which the others align. When you want to align parts with
one another, select the ones you want to move and then select the one you want
to serve as the alignment reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.10. Align Top ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Align top to move the selected parts so that their top edges are
aligned. The most recently selected part, indicated by solid selection handles
(Γûá), is the part with which the others align. When you want to align parts with
one another, select the ones you want to move and then select the one you want
to serve as the alignment reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.11. Align Middle ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Align middle to move the selected parts so that their centers are
aligned horizontally. The most recently selected part, indicated by solid
selection handles (Γûá), is the part with which the others align. When you want
to align parts with one another, select the ones you want to move and then
select the one you want to serve as the alignment reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.12. Align Bottom ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Align bottom to move the selected parts so that their bottom edges are
aligned. The most recently selected part, indicated by solid selection handles
(Γûá), is the part with which the others align. When you want to align parts with
one another, select the ones you want to move and then select the one you want
to serve as the alignment reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.13. Distribute Horizontally ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Distribute horizontally to move the selected parts so that they are
spaced evenly between the left and right edges of the window they are in.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.14. Distribute Vertically ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Distribute vertically to move the selected parts so that they are spaced
evenly between the top and bottom edges of the window they are in.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.15. Match Height ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Match height to size the selected parts so that they are all of equal
height.

Visual Builder matches the height of all selected parts with whatever part you
select last, indicated by solid selection handles (Γûá). Select the parts you
want to size. Then select the part that is the height that you want the other
parts to be.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.4.16. Match Width ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Match width to size the selected parts so that they are all of equal
width.

Visual Builder matches the width of all selected parts with whatever part you
select last, indicated by solid selection handles (Γûá). Select the parts you
want to size. Then select the part that is the width that you want the other
parts to be.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10. Class Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Class Editor to specify the names of files and resources associated
with the current part class.

You can use this editor to do the following:

     Enter a description of the part
     Specify a different .vbb file in which to store the part
     See the name of the base class for the part
     Modify the default constructor for the part
     Enter additional constructor and destructor code
     Specify a .lib file for the part
     Associate an icon resource with the part
     Specify names for the files in which Visual Builder stores generated C++
      code
     Specify whether you want Visual Builder to export strings to a resource
      file
     Specify other files that you want to include when you build your
      application
     Specify #ifdef and #endif preprocessor directives

 Use your favorite text editor to create new classes and member functions,
 write application logic, and modify existing member functions.

 Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder
     Using class connections

 Class Editor fields

     Description
     Part file specification
     Base class - access level
     Constructor
     User constructor code
     User destructor code
     .LIB file name
     Starting resource ID
     Icon
     Code generation files
     User files included in generation

 Menu bar choices

     File
     Edit
     View
     Help

 Other views

 You can switch to another available view of a part by using the icons in the
 lower-right corner of the window or by using the View menu choice. The view
 icon for the editor you are currently using is not available. For example, if
 you are using the Composition Editor, the Part Interface Editor and Class
 Editor icons are available.

 Here are the views you can switch to from within the Class Editor:

 Composition Editor Displays the Composition Editor for the part you are
      working with. Use the Composition Editor to build your application, lay
      out the visual parts that make up your windows, choose the parts that
      perform the logic you need, and make connections between the parts.

 Part Interface Editor Displays the Part Interface Editor for the part you are
      working with. Use the Part Interface Editor to define the interface of
      parts for other programmers to use. You can use the Part Interface Editor
      to define the features (attributes, actions, and events) for your parts,
      along with a list of preferred features for the pop-up connections menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Description field to enter a description of your part. This description
appears in the following places:

     In the information area when you select the part from the parts palette

     In the first line of a .vbe file when you export part information


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2. Part File Specification ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Part file specification field to specify where Visual Builder places
all binary information about a part. Binary part information is stored in a
.vbb file.

If you want to move this part to another .vbb file while using the Class
Editor, do the following:

   1. Change the name of the current .vbb file into which you want to store the
      part.

   2. Select FileSave to apply the change. Visual Builder moves the part from
      the former .vbb file to the one you just specified. If the .vbb file you
      specified does not exist, Visual Builder creates it for you.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3. Base Class - Access Level ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Base class - access level field shows the name of the base class for your
part. This is the class name that you specified as the part's base class when
you created the part.

You cannot modify this class name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4. Constructor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Constructor field to specify the constructor for the part's class.
Visual Builder initially inserts a default constructor prototype in this field.
If the prototype is not of the form you want, modify it by editing the text in
this field.

To add code to the constructor without changing the prototype, enter
information in the User constructor code field.

Although you can define more than one constructor prototype in user-written
code, you can define only one in the Class Editor. For more information about
how Visual Builder processes constructors, refer to the Visual Builder User's
Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.5. User Constructor Code ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the User constructor code field to specify the code you want Visual Builder
to add to the end of the default part constructor. If you want to add more than
one line to the default part constructor, place the code in a user-defined
source file as a member function.  Then enter a call to the function in this
field.

An alternative to placing initialization code in the part's constructor is
calling the code from the part's ready event. This event occurs only when the
part is constructed. Use any of the following connections as appropriate:

     ready event-to-action
     ready event-to-custom logic
     ready event-to-member function


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.6. User Destructor Code ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the User destructor code field to specify the code you want Visual Builder
to add to the beginning of the default destructor. If you want to add more than
one line to the default destructor, place the code in a user-defined source
file as a member function.  Then enter a call to the function in this field.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.7. .LIB File Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the .LIB file name field to specify the library file (.lib) that that you
want to be included when you generate the source code for your part. The
library file points to a DLL that contains information about a part in your
application that was compiled separately.

You can enter the file name with or without quotation marks as delimiters. The
.lib file name that you enter becomes the new default library file.

When you generate code for this part, Visual Builder inserts a #pragma
statement for this file without quotation mark delimiters unless there are
embedded spaces. Also, when Visual Builder generates make files for other parts
that use this part, the .lib file is specified in the make file as a
dependency.

For more information about generating code, refer to the Visual Builder User's
Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8. Starting Resource ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Starting resource ID check box and field to specify the numeric
resource identifier that you want Visual Builder to use as a starting point for
generating resource IDs for the part. Enable this if you expect to have your
application's user interface translated into other languages.

If you want Visual Builder to assign resource IDs to all text strings in your
application, select the check box. Visual Builder then displays a starting
resource ID in the entry field. You can modify this value as needed.

For more information about generating resource files, assigning resource IDs,
and national language support in general, refer to the Visual Builder User's
Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.9. Icon ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Before adding your part to the parts palette, use the fields in Icon to specify
an icon for your part other than the Visual Builder default, .

Visual Builder displays an icon below the Resource ID field to represent the
part using this information.

Fields

 DLL name Name of the resource DLL file containing the icon you want to use,
   entered without the .dll extension.

 Resource ID Numeric resource identifier of the icon in the DLL specified in
   DLL name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10. Code-Generation and Include Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Code generation files and User files included in generation to specify the
files needed to build your application.

Do not modify the contents of the generated files, because it is overwritten
each time you generate part code. For complete information about include files
and generating source code, refer to the Visual Builder User's Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.1. Code Generation Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the fields in Code generation files to specify the C++ header (.hpp) and
source code (.cpp) files that Visual Builder generates when you select FileSave
and generatePart source.

You can also use the fields in Code generation files to generate labels for
#ifndef and #endif preprocessor directives. For example, if you specify
"SxP.hpp" _SXP_ in C++ header file (.hpp), Visual Builder generates the file
SxP.hpp, which contains the following code:

#ifndef _SXP_
:
:
// contents of file
:
:
#endif _SXP_

These fields initially contain .hpp and .cpp file names based on the name of
the part you are editing. To change these names, update the entry fields and
select FileSave.

Attention:  If the files already exist, Visual Builder replaces their contents
            with the code currently being generated.

 Visual Builder writes both files to the current working directory.

 Other files are also generated when you select FileSave and generate Part
 source. For more information about generating source code, refer to the Visual
 Builder User's Guide.

 Fields

 C++ header file (.hpp)
   Name of the header file (.hpp) generated.

 C++ code file (.cpp)
   Name of the code file (.cpp) generated.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.2. User Files Included in Generation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the fields in User files included in generation to specify files you want
included when you build your application. These files can contain feature code
generated by Visual Builder as well as your own handwritten code.

Visual Builder uses the include files and the information in the #ifndef and
#endif preprocessor directives when it generates part source code.

Fields

     User .hpv file
     User .cpv file
     User .h file
     User .rcv file
     Required include files


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.2.1. User .hpv File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use User .hpv file to specify the name of a header file (.hpv) that you want
included within the class part in C++ header file (.hpp). A typical .hpv file
contains signatures for private member functions used within the part.

You also use this field to specify where you want Visual Builder to put feature
code generated for the part. You must enter a file name in this field before
you can generate feature code.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.2.2. User .cpv File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use User .cpv file to specify the name of the code file (.cpv) that you want
included at the end of the code file in C++ code file (.cpp). A typical .cpv
file contains code for private member functions used within the part.

You also use this field to specify where you want Visual Builder to put feature
code generated for the part. You must enter a file name in this field before
you can generate feature code.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.2.3. User .h File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use User .h file to specify the name of the resource header file (.h) that you
want included at the end of the code file in C++ code file (.cpp).

You also use this field to specify where you want Visual Builder to put feature
code generated for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.2.4. User .rcv File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use User .rcv file to specify the name of the resource file (.rcv) that you
want included at the end of the code file in C++ code file (.cpp).

You also use this field to specify where you want Visual Builder to put feature
code generated for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.2.5. Required Include Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Required include files to specify the names of other files you want Visual
Builder to include when you generate source code for your application, such as
the following:

     Standard C++ library files, such as iostream.h
     IBM User Interface Class Library header files, such as istring.hpp
     Your own header files (.hpp)

 Visual Builder generates the #include preprocessor directives in the source
 code.

 If you type a label next to the file name, Visual Builder uses that label to
 generate #ifndef and #endif preprocessor directives for you. For example, to
 include the header file for an address part you created, enter the following
 in this field:

 address.hpp _ADDRESS_

 Visual Builder generates the following in your .cpp source code file:

  #ifndef _ADDRESS_
  #include <address.hpp>
  #endif

 If you omit the label, Visual Builder generates only the #include preprocessor
 directive.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11. Part Interface Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Part Interface Editor to define or modify the part interface of a part.
Having a part interface makes it possible for other parts to communicate with
the part and request services of it. You can use externalized features of the
part interface to make connections when building an application.

To learn how to build reusable parts, refer to Visual Builder User's Guide.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder.
     View the part interface for a part.
     Specify the features (attributes, actions, and events) to be in the part
      interface.
     Promote the features of a composite part.
     Choose the most commonly used features as the preferred feaures--those
      that appear in the pop-up connection menu for the part.

 Tabs

     Attribute
     Event
     Action
     Promote
     Preferred

 Other views

 You can switch to another available view of a part by using the icons in the
 bottom-right corner of the window. The view icon for the editor you are
 currently using is not available. For example, if you are using the
 Composition Editor, only the Part Interface Editor and Class Editor icons are
 available.

 Here are the views you can switch to from within the Part Interface Editor:

 Composition Editor Displays the Composition Editor view for the part you are
      working with. Use the Composition Editor to lay out the visual parts that
      make up your windows, choose the parts that perform the logic you need,
      and make connections between the parts.

 Class Editor Displays the Class Editor view for the part you are working with.
      Use the Class Editor to specify the names of files that Visual Builder
      writes to when you generate default code. You can also use this editor to
      do the following:

          Enter a description of the part.

          Specify a different .vbb file in which to store the part.

          See the name of the part's base class.

          Modify the part's default constructor.

          Enter additional constructor and destructor code.

          Specify a .lib file for the part.

          Specify a resource DLL and ID to assign an icon to the part.

          Specify a different header and code file for code generation.

          Specify other files that you want to include when you build your
           application.

 Menu bar choices

     File
     Edit
     View
     Help


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1. Attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Attribute page to define the attributes for your part.

The Attribute page lists the names of all attributes defined for a part. An
attribute represents a property of a part. It is up to you whether data for the
attribute is stored in a data member, calculated, or acquired from some other
location.

You can connect attributes to attributes or to actions of other parts. It is
good programming practice to encapsulate access to the attribute data. To
connect an attribute, you make the connection to its name. You can use a get
member function to request the value of an attribute or a set member function
to set the value. Event identification allows a part to notify other parts that
the attribute has been changed.

Attributes do not have qualifiers such as public or private.

Fields

     Attribute name
     Attribute type
     Get member function
     Set member function
     Event identification
     Description

 Push buttons

     Add with defaults
     Add
     Update
     Delete
     Defaults
     Clear


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.1. Attribute Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Attribute name field to specify a descriptive name for the attribute.
This is the name to appear on the connection menu when you make connections to
or from the attribute in the Composition Editor. Each attribute name within a
part must be unique.

The attribute name can contain only alphanumeric characters and blanks.
Attribute names cannot contain DBCS characters.

You cannot change the attribute name directly. To change an attribute name, you
must do the following:

   1. Delete the existing attribute.
   2. Add a new attribute that matches the deleted attribute in all respects
      except for the name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.2. Attribute Type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Attribute type field to specify the data type of the attribute.

In the Attribute type field, enter the type of data the attribute represents.
The types shown in the drop-down list reflect those that are loaded in the part
data files. You can also specify any type not already listed in the drop-down
list.

The initial default value for a new attribute is int. If you select another
available type, such as IString, the new data type becomes the default for any
new attributes you create until you change it again or until you close the Part
Interface Editor window. When you open the Part Interface Editor window, the
default data type for any new attributes you create reverts to int until you
change it again by creating another attribute or modifying an existing one.

When Visual Builder generates code, data members are private. However, if you
define get member functions and set member functions, users can read and write
the attribute through these functions. Therefore, if you want the attribute to
be read-only, do not specify a set member function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.3. Get Member Function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Get member function field to specify a member function that this or
other parts can use to query or get the value of an attribute.

The get member functions is the name of a member function that retrieves the
value of an attribute. Typically, a get member function returns the value of a
data member. However, it could perform some other function, such as return a
computed value.

You do not have to specify a get member function. For example, you might want
to omit the get member function for an attribute, such as an attribute that
contains a password, so that no other parts can retrieve its value.

If you select the Defaults push button, the get member function name becomes
the attribute name with the blank spaces removed. Any letter following a blank
is capitalized. For example, myGetSel is the default get member function name
for an attribute named my Get Sel. The get member function names cannot contain
DBCS characters.

Visual Builder generates default code for the get and set member functions if
you select FileSave and generateFeature source. Using this choice also
generates event notification.

If you want to write your own get member function, use your favorite editor to
write the needed code. Enter the names of the header and code files in the Code
generation files fields in the Class Editor. The Get member function field
includes a drop-down list so you can choose any of these member functions as
the get member function. This list is only available if you have opened the
Browser data.

Pop-up menu choices

     Edit
     Edit direct


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.4. Edit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Edit to edit a file that contains source code for a get or set member
function, or an event identification. The Edit Source File window opens.

Follow these steps:

   1. Enter the name of the source file that you want to edit in the File name
      field.

   2. Enter the number of the line in the source file in the Line number field.
      The default is 1.

   3. Enter the number of the column in the source file in the Column number
      field. The default is 1.

   4. Click on the Edit push button. The default editor specified for your
      project opens.

      If you entered the name of an existing file, the top of the file is
      displayed by default unless you specify a different line or column
      number.

      If you entered the name of a file that does not exist, write the code for
      the get member function or set member function. When you save the code,
      the editor creates the file.

      If you did not enter any information in the File name field, Visual
      Builder uses the file name specified in the User .cpv file field in the
      Class Editor or the last file name that you entered in this field.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.5. Edit Direct ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Edit direct to edit a file directly without having to use the Edit
source file window.

You can use Edit direct when the file name and location information are
available for the selected item. This information is available only under the
following circumstances:

     You compiled your application and then selected FileBrowserOpen browser
      data.

     You selected FileBrowserQuickBrowse. In this case, your application does
      not have to be compiled. However, QuickBrowse is available only if you
      started Visual Builder from a WorkFrame project.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.6. Set Member Function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Set member function field to specify the member function that this or
other parts use to set the value returned by an attribute.

The set member function is a member function that sets or changes the value of
an attribute. Typically, a set member function sets the value of a data member.
However, it could perform some other function, such as adding the value to a
database.

You do not have to specify a set member function. However, another part cannot
set or change the value of the attribute without a set member function. You can
omit a set member function if you want to enable other parts to retrieve but
not set an attribute. For example, you might not want other parts to set the
current date.

If you select the Defaults push button, the set member function name becomes
the attribute name with all blank spaces removed. The name begins with "set,"
and any letter following a blank is capitalized. For example, setMySetSel is
the default set member function name for the attribute named my Set Sel. The
set member function names cannot contain DBCS characters.

The field includes a drop-down list. You can choose any of these member
functions as the set member function.

Visual Builder generates default code for the get and set member functions if
you select FileSave and generateFeature source. Using this choice also
generates event notification.

Pop-up menu choices

     Edit
     Edit direct


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.7. Event Identification ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Event identification field to specify an identifier to be used to
notify another part when the attribute value has changed. Event identification
signals connected parts that an event has occurred. This is typically done when
the attribute is used as the source of a connection. Following are the
connection types that use an attribute as the source of a connection:

     Attribute-to-action
     Attribute-to-attribute
     Attribute-to-member function

 You must supply an event identifier. You can create one of your own, or you
 can use the default event identifier that Visual Builder supplies when you
 select either Defaults or Add with defaults.

 If you select the Defaults push button, the event identification name is the
 same as the attribute name but ends with "Id." For example, if the attribute
 name is orderChanged, then the event identification is orderChangedId.

 You do not have to specify a value in the Event identification field. If you
 do not specify a name, other parts are not notified when an attribute is
 updated and consequently have an old value for that attribute. For example, if
 an entry field was connected to a street attribute and the street was updated
 by the database, the entry field would not receive notification and would
 contain an old address.

 If you generate a get member function for your attribute, the default code
 that Visual Builder generates signals the change event if the value of the
 attribute changes.

 Pop-up menu choices

     Edit
     Edit direct


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.8. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Description field, enter a description for the feature.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.2. Add with Defaults ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add with defaults push button to add the specified attribute, action,
or event to the part interface with default values for such fields as Get
member function, Set member function, Event identification, Action member
function, and Return type. If you have made modifications to one of these
fields, use the Add push button instead of Add with defaults.

Visual Builder uses default names for the features that you add using Add with
defaults. Default names are the attribute, action, or event name with all blank
spaces removed. Any letter that follows a blank is capitalized. For example, if
an action in an order entry application is get next order, then the default
action member function name is getNextOrder.

This push button performs the functions of both the Add and Defaults push
buttons simultaneously.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.3. Add ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add push button to add the specified attribute, action, or event to the
part interface. Be sure you have specified all fields you want before selecting
Add.

Entering information or selecting the Defaults push button does not
automatically add the features. You must select Add or Add with defaults to add
the feature to the interface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.4. Update ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Update push button to update changes you make to the information
displayed for the part in any entry field for an existing attribute, action, or
event except the Name field.

Entering information or selecting the Defaults push button does not
automatically add the features. You must select Update to save your changes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.5. Delete ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Delete push button to remove the attribute, action, or event from the
part interface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.6. Defaults ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Defaults push button to have Visual Builder insert default values in
each of the following fields:

     Attribute type on the Attribute page
     Get member function on the Attribute page
     Set member function on the Attribute page
     Event identification on the Attribute and Event pages
     Action member function on the Action page
     Return type on the Action page

 Selecting the defaults for the part features does not automatically add the
 features. You must select Add or Add with defaults and then Update to change
 the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.7. Clear ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Clear push button to remove all information from the entry fields in
the page currently displayed in the Part Interface Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.8. Event ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Event page to define the events that you use to notify this or other
parts about changes you decide are significant. For example, you might notify
other parts when an attribute is set to a certain value or when important
processing is finished. As a result, someone using your reusable part can link
to one of the part events and receive automatic notification of the event
whenever it is executed.

The Event page lists the names of the events defined for a part and their
corresponding event identifications. Events provide a notification mechanism.

Events are used to signal that something has happened to the part, such as the
user clicked a push button or opened a window. Event identifications are used
within the code to notify the connected parts that the event has occurred. You
can add parameters to events to pass information.

Events are not applicable for class interface parts.

Fields

     Event name
     Event identification
     Description
     Parameters and their types

 Push buttons

     Add with defaults
     Add
     Update
     Delete
     Defaults
     Clear


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.8.1. Event Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Event name field to specify a descriptive name for the event. Each
event name within a part must be unique. This name appears on the connection
menu when you make connections to or from the event in the Composition Editor.
For example, a push button can have an event of buttonClickEvent.

Event names cannot contain DBCS characters.

You cannot change an event name directly. To change the event name, you must do
the following:

   1. Delete an existing event.
   2. Add a new event that matches the deleted event in all respects except for
      the name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.8.2. Parameters and Their Types ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the following fields in the Parameters and their types table to define a
parameter and data type sent as part of an event.

 Name      The name of the event parameter.

 Type      The class or data type, of the event parameter, such as IString,
           integer, or unsigned long.

 Event notification can provide additional information about the event by
 passing along parameters with the notification. An example would be a button
 that represents a key on a calculator. In addition to notifying other parts
 that it has been selected, it can also pass the value of its label, such as
 the number 5.

 To add and delete table rows, select one of the following pop-up menu choices
 by clicking mouse button 2 over a row or column:

     Add before
     Add after
     Delete selected rows

 After you have added a row, you can type directly into the cells on the row by
 doing the following:

   1. Place the mouse pointer over a cell and click mouse button 1.

   2. Edit the text in the cell.

      You can move the editing cursor among the cells using the Tab and
      Shift+Tab keys.

      To exit edit mode at any time, press Shift+Enter.

   3. Select the Update push button to save the information.

 The parameters are passed in the order in which they occur in the table.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.8.2.1. Add Before ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Add before to add a new row in the table before the selected row. If no row
is selected, the new row is inserted before the first row in the table.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.8.2.2. Add After ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Add after to add a new row in the table after the selected row. If no row
is selected, the new row is inserted after the last row in the table.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.8.2.3. Delete Selected Row ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Delete selected row to remove the selected rows from the table.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.9. Action ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Action page to define the actions that your part uses to perform
specific tasks.

The Action page lists the names of all actions that the part can perform.
Actions are operations and services, such as closing or opening a window.

Generally, actions are performed when an event occurs in your application.
After you have connected an event to an action, the events signals the action
to run.

For example, when a user selects a button of an order entry view, the button
signals an event called buttonClickEvent. If the buttonClickEvent feature for
this button is connected to the action that adds an order for a customer, that
action is performed.

Fields

     Action name
     Action member function
     Return type
     Description
     Parameter Names

 Push buttons

     Add with defaults
     Add
     Update
     Delete
     Defaults
     Clear


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.9.1. Action Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Action name field to specify a name that describes the action to be
taken. For example, a window has an open action.

Each action name must be unique within a part. Action names cannot contain DBCS
characters.

You cannot change the action name directly. To change the action name, you must
do the following:

   1. Delete the existing action.
   2. Add a new action that matches the deleted action in all respects except
      for the name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.9.2. Action Member Function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Action member function field to specify the name of the member function
that is performed when the action takes place. This can be the same as the
action name.

If you select the Defaults push button, the member function name becomes the
action name with all blank spaces removed and a default return type of int. Any
letter following a blank is capitalized. For example, if an action name in an
order entry application is get next order, then the default action member
function is int getNextOrder.

The field includes a drop-down list. You can assign any of these existing
member function names as the action member function.

Visual Builder generates default code for the action member function if you
select FileSave and generateFeature source. You can then edit the skeleton
provided in the default code to provide the code that the action member
function is to perform.

Pop-up menu choices

     Edit
     Edit direct


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.9.3. Return Type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Return type field to specify the data type of the value that the action
returns. Selecting either the Add with defaults or Defaults push button causes
a default return type of int to be inserted into this field.

Leaving this field blank is the same as entering a return type of void. In
either case, the actionResult feature is not available.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.9.4. Parameter Names ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Parameter Names table to define parameters of the selected action.
Initially, the names that are inserted in this table are the same as the
parameter names that are specified in the Action member function field.

The parameter names in the table are linked to the action name and can appear
in a pop-up connection menu. The purpose of the table is to allow you to change
the parameter names that appear in the part interface without affecting the
member function definition itself. That is, if you change the parameter names
in the table, the parameter names in the Action member function field do not
change.

To change a parameter name, do the following:

   1. Place the mouse pointer over a parameter name and click mouse button 1.
   2. Edit the text in the cell.
   3. To exit the edit mode, press Shift+Enter.
   4. Select the Update push button.

 The parameters are passed in the order in which they occur in the table.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.10. Promote ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Promote page lists the names of all subparts and their promotable
attributes, actions, or events.

Use the fields on the Promote page to add features of a subpart to the part
interface. Or you can select Promote part feature from the pop-up menu for a
part in the Composition Editor.

Fields

     Promote feature name
     Subpart name
     Feature type
     Promotable feature

 Push buttons

     Add with defaults
     Add
     Update
     Delete
     Defaults
     Clear


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.10.1. Promote Feature Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Promote feature name field, enter the name that the feature will be
promoted as, or use the default name that Visual Builder provides when you
select the Defaults or Add with defaults push button. You cannot use DBCS
characters in the name.

To promote a feature using the name specified in the Promote feature name
field, you must first specify the subpart name, feature type, and promotable
feature in the fields on the right side of the Promote page.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.10.2. Subpart Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Subpart name field to specify the subpart whose features you want to
promote.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.10.3. Feature Type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Feature type field to specify which type of feature (attribute, action,
or event) you want to promote for the subpart you specified.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.10.4. Promotable Feature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Promotable features field to specify the feature that you want to
promote.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.11. Add with Defaults ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add with defaults push button to promote the specified feature to the
part interface of a subpart using the default name that Visual Builder inserts
into the Promote feature name field. If you have entered a feature name that
you want to use instead of the default name, use the Add push button instead of
Add with defaults.

The default name that Visual Builder inserts consists of a part name followed
by a feature name. For example, suppose you have a subpart that contains a
Canvas part and you want to promote the Canvas part's capturePointer action. If
you entered canvas, action, and capturePointer in the Subpart name, Feature
type, and Promotable feature fields, respectively, and then selected the Add
with defaults push button, Visual Builder would insert the default feature name
canvasCapturePointer in the Promote feature name field and would also add it to
the subpart's interface so that you could connect it to a feature of another
part.

This push button performs the functions of both the Add and Defaults push
buttons simultaneously.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.12. Add ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add push button to promote the specified feature to the part interface
of a subpart. Be sure you have specified all fields you want before selecting
Add.

Entering information or selecting the Defaults push button does not
automatically promote the feature. You must select Add or Add with defaults to
add the feature to the interface and Update to save your changes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.13. Update ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Update push button to update changes you make to the name displayed in
the Promote feature name field.

Entering information or selecting the Defaults push button does not
automatically promote the feature. You must select Add or Add with defaults to
promote the feature to the interface and Update to save your changes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.14. Delete ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Delete push button to remove the feature from the part interface of a
subpart. To delete a feature, select the feature name from the list and then
select the Delete push button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.15. Defaults ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Defaults push button to have Visual Builder insert a default feature
name in the Promote feature name field.

The default name that Visual Builder inserts consists of a part name followed
by a feature name. For example, suppose you have a subpart that contains a
Canvas part and you want to promote the Canvas part's capturePointer action. If
you entered canvas, action, and capturePointer in the Subpart name, Feature
type, and Promotable feature fields, respectively, and then selected the Add
with defaults push button, Visual Builder would insert the default feature name
canvasCapturePointer in the Promote feature name field. Visual Builder would
also add it to the subpart's interface so that you could connect it to a
feature of another part.

Selecting the Defaults push button does not automatically promote the feature.
You must select Add or Add with defaults to promote the feature to the
interface and Update to save your changes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.16. Preferred ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Preferred page to specify the preferred features for your part--the
features that you use most often when connecting this part to another part. The
features (attributes, actions, or events) that you specify appear in the first
pop-up menu that is displayed when you begin a connection on this part. You can
include any features that you create for your part, as well as any features
that your part inherits from other parts.

Note:  You can only modify the preferred features list for a part when you are
       editing that part, not when you are using it.

 Select the More choice from the pop-up menu for the part to see all features
 for this part.

 Fields

     Actions
     Attributes
     Events
     Preferred features

 Push buttons

     Add
     Defaults
     Remove
     Remove all


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.16.1. Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Attributes field to select one or more attributes to add to your part's
pop-up menu.

Pop-up menu choices

     Add


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.16.2. Events ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Events field to select one or more events to add to your part's pop-up
menu.

Pop-up menu choices

     Add


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.16.3. Actions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Actions field to select one or more actions to add to your part's
pop-up menu.

Pop-up menu choices

     Add


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.16.4. Preferred Features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Preferred features field shows the preferred features (attributes, actions,
or events) that appear in your part's pop-up menu when connecting to or from
it.

To add features to this menu that do not already appear in the list of
Preferred features, select a feature from the Attributes, Events, or Actions
fields. Then select the Add push button or the Add pop-up menu choice by
clicking mouse button 2 in the same field.

To remove features, select a feature from the Preferred features field. Then
select one of the following push buttons or click mouse button 2 in that field
and select one of the following pop-up menu choices:

     Remove
     Remove all


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.16.5. Add ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add push button (or pop-up menu choice in the Actions, Attributes, or
Events fields) to add a feature to the list in the Preferred features field.
Select the feature, and then select Add.

If you do not select a feature in the Actions, Attributes, or Events fields,
neither the Add push button nor the pop-up menu choice is available.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.16.6. Defaults ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Defaults push button to reset the features in the Preferred features
list to the preferred features of its parents in the hierarchy.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.16.7. Remove ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Remove push button (or pop-up menu choice in the Preferred features
field) to remove a feature from the list in the Preferred features field.
Select the feature, and then select Remove.

If you do not select a feature in the Preferred features field, neither the
Remove push button nor pop-up menu choice is available.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.16.8. Remove All ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Remove all push button (or pop-up menu choice in the Preferred features
field) to remove all features from the list in the Preferred features field,
including those that are inherited.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12. Default Parts Palette Categories ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Following are the default parts palette categories shipped with Visual Builder.
You can modify the parts palette by adding parts to individual categories and
by adding new categories for parts.

The following palette categories contain visual parts:

           Buttons
           Data entry
           Lists
           Frame extensions
           Sliders
           Composers
           Models
           Other


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1. Changing the Default Attributes of Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The parts in each of the categories on the parts palette have characteristics
that are controlled by attributes. These attributes define the appearance and
function of a visual part. To further define the appearance and function of an
instance of a part, open the settings view window for the part.

By making connections with other parts, you can control the runtime values of
these attributes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13. Buttons Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Buttons category contains parts you can use to indicate an action or
selection.

The asterisk at the end of the name indicates that the name is actually only a
pointer to the part.

Parts in this category

           IPushButton*

           IRadioButton*

           ICheckBox*

           INumericSpinButton*

           ITextSpinButton*

           IGraphicPushButton*

           IAnimatedButton*


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.1. IPushButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IPushButton to add a push button in your application. For example, you
can place an entry field, push button, and a list box in your application.
Through connections you add to the application, a user can press the push
button to add the contents of an entry field to a list box.

The user can click on a push button to perform an action or select a routing
choice. The text on the button identifies the choice.

Related Parts

     Graphic push button
     Animated button

 The IPushButton part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IPushButton - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.2. IRadioButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IRadioButton to add a radio button to your application.

The user can click on a radio button to select a choice from a group of
mutually exclusive choices.

Related Parts

     Check box
     Group box
     Outline box

 The IRadioButton part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IRadioButton - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.3. ICheckBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ICheckBox to add a check box to your application. Use a check box part
to provide a settings choice that has two clearly distinguishable states, such
as on and off.

When the user selects an unmarked choice, the check box is marked. You can also
place a group of check boxes on the free-form surface to provide a set of
related choices that are not mutually exclusive.

The user can deselect the choice by clicking on it again to turn it off.

Related Parts

     Radio button
     Group box
     Outline box

 The ICheckBox part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 ICheckBox - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4. INumericSpinButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select INumericSpinButton to add a numeric spin button to your application. Use
a numeric spin button to provide a sequential ring of related but mutually
exclusive numeric choices.

The user can spin the ring upward or downward to select another choice.

Related Parts

     Text spin button

 The INumericSpinButton part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 INumericSpinButton - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5. ITextSpinButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ITextSpinButton to add a text spin button to your application. Use a
text spin button to provide a sequential ring of related but mutually exclusive
text choices.

The user can spin the ring upward or downward to select another choice.

Related Parts

     Numeric spin button

 The ITextSpinButton part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 ITextSpinButton - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6. IGraphicPushButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IGraphicPushButton to add a graphic push button to your application that
graphically represents an operation that the user can select.

The user can click on the graphic push button to perform the action or select a
routing choice. The graphic image on the button identifies the choice.

Related Parts

     Push button
     Animated button

 The IGraphicPushButton part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IGraphicPushButton - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.7. IAnimatedButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IAnimatedButton to add an animated button that the user can click on to
perform an action. The graphic image on the button identifies the choice.

When the user selects the button, the graphic image on it appears to move. A
multimedia play button with an image of a disk that spins when selected is an
example of an animated button.

Related Parts

     Push button
     Animated button

 The IAnimatedButton part is in the Buttons category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IAnimatedButton - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14. Data Entry Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Data entry category contains parts you can use to enter data from the
keyboard. You can use the IStaticText part to visually identify these parts,
provide instructions, and so on.

The asterisk at the end of the name indicates that the name is actually only a
pointer to the part.

Parts in this category

           IStaticText*

           IEntryField*

           IMultiLineEdit*

           IGroupBox*

           IOutlineBox*

           IBitmapControl*

           IIconControl*


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.1. IStaticText ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IStaticText to add static text to your application that displays status
to the user or provides a text label for a part.

The user cannot modify the text.

The IStaticText part is in the Data entry category.

To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
the settings view window for the part.

IStaticText - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.2. IEntryField ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IEntryField to add a single-line entry field to your application to let
the user define or view a data item. The user can enter or place text into this
field.

Related Parts

     Multiline edit
     List box

 The IEntryField part is in the Data entry category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IEntryField - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.3. IMultiLineEdit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMultiLineEdit to define a multiline edit part in your application to
display a large amount of textual information. For example, you might use a
multiline edit part to display long instructions or descriptive information
from a database. A multiline edit part displays such information in the minimal
visual space required.

The user can enter, edit, or view multiline text data. This part is
particularly useful when information that the user might enter is too long to
fit in a single line.

Related Parts

     Entry field

 The IMultiLineEdit part is in the Data entry category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IMultiLineEdit - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.4. IGroupBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IGroupBox to add a group box to your application. A group box visually
distinguishes a set of related user-interface controls within a window,
logically grouping them together as a single unit.

You must first add the group box part before adding the parts you want to
appear within the group box. If you try to add the group box part to surround
the existing set of parts, the group box overlays the existing parts.

To give group behavior to the controls, set the group style on for the first
control in the group box and for the first control following the group box.

Related Parts

     Outline box

 The IGroupBox part is in the Data entry category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IGroupBox - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.5. IOutlineBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IOutlineBox to add an outline box to your application to visually group
a set of related user-interface controls within a window without labeling the
group.

To give group behavior to the controls, set the group style on for the first
control in the group box and for the first control following the group box.

Related Parts

     Group box

 The IOutlineBox part is in the Data entry category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IOutlineBox - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.6. IBitmapControl ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IBitmapControl to add a graphical image (bitmap) to the background of
another part in your application. This control provides a picture for graphical
application data.

The user does not use the bitmap for any action.

Be aware that a bitmap is resized on a set canvas or a multicell canvas when
the canvas is resized.

Related Parts

     Icon control

 The IBitmapControl part is in the Data entry category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IBitmapControl - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.7. IIconControl ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IIconControl to add an icon object to your application. The icon part
displays an icon that represents a choice or an object.

The user can access the represented object by double-clicking on the icon with
mouse button 1 or by pressing the Enter key when the cursor is on the icon.

Be aware that an icon is not resized on a set canvas or a multicell canvas when
the canvas is resized.

Related Parts

     Bitmap control

 The IIconControl part is in the Data entry category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IIconControl - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15. Lists Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Lists category contains parts you can use to select elements from a list.

The asterisk at the end of the name indicates that the name is actually only a
pointer to the part.

Parts in this category

           IListBox*

           ICollectionViewListBox*

           IComboBox*

           ICollectionViewComboBox*

           IVBContainerControl*

           IContainerColumn*


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.1. IListBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IListBox to add a string list box to your application to provide a list
of choices from which a user can select one or more items. Your application can
modify the contents of the list by adding or removing choices.

By default, the user can select only one choice from the list. When the user
selects a choice, any previously selected choice is no longer selected. You can
change the behavior of the list box to allow multiple selection.

If the amount of physical space available on the layout of your window is a
concern, use a combination box instead.

Related Parts

     Combination box
     Collection view combination box
     Collection view list box
     Entry field

 The IListBox part is in the Lists category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IListBox - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.2. ICollectionViewListBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ICollectionViewListBox to add an object list box to your application.
This part contains a list from which a user can select one or more choices.
Your application can modify the contents of the list by adding or removing
choices.

By default, the user can select only one choice from the list. When the user
selects a choice, any previously selected choice is no longer selected. You can
change the behavior of the list box to allow multiple selection.

If the amount of physical space available on the layout of your window is a
concern, use a collection view combination box instead.

Related Parts

     Collection view combination box
     Combination box
     List box

 The ICollectionViewListBox part is in the Lists category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 ICollectionViewListBox - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3. IComboBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IComboBox to add a combination box for string choices to your
application. It provides the functions of the entry field and list box parts. A
combination box provides a list of object string choices. The user can scroll
through these and then select a choice or enter text directly into the field.

Unless you prevent input in the field, the user can do one of the following:

     Enter the beginning of a selection that is in the list. The closest match
      from the list is used.

     Enter a selection that is not in the list.

 If you define the combination box as a drop-down or read-only drop-down type,
 the user does not initially see the list box but can select the drop-down
 button to open it.

 To give the user with string selection choices, use one of the following
 combination box types:

 Drop-down
   The user can enter or select a choice from a drop-down list.

 Read-only drop-down
   The user can only select a choice from a drop-down list.

 Simple
   The user can enter or select a choice from an open list.

 Related Parts

     List box
     Collection view combination box
     Collection view list box
     Entry field

 The IComboBox part is in the Lists category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IComboBox - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.4. ICollectionViewComboBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ICollectionViewComboBox to add a combination box for collection object
choices to your application. It provides the functions of the entry field and
list box parts. A collection view combination box provides a list of choices
that represent objects. The user can scroll through these and then select a
choice or enter text directly into the field.

Unless you prevent input in the field, the user can do one of the following:

     Enter the beginning of a selection that is in the list. The closest match
      from the list is used.

     Enter a selection that is not in the list.

 If you define the combination box as a drop-down or read-only drop-down type,
 the user does not initially see the list box but can select the drop-down
 button to open it.

 To provide the user with object selection choices, use one of the following
 combination box types:

 Drop-down
   The user can enter or select a choice from a drop-down list.

 Read-only drop-down
   The user can only select a choice from a drop-down list.

 Simple
   The user can enter or select a choice from an open list.

 Related Parts

     Collection view list box
     Combination box
     List box
     Entry field

 The ICollectionViewComboBox part is in the Lists category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 ICollectionViewComboBox - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.5. IVBContainerControl ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IVBContainerControl to add a container to your application when you want
to create containers other than those provided by the operating system. A
container part can hold other parts and is useful for presenting collections of
nonvisual model objects.

The user can open the container in one of the following views to work with a
set of objects collected in the container:

 Text and flowed text
   Lists text representations of objects. The text view lists objects in a
   single column. The flowed text view lists them in multiple columns.

 Name and flowed name
   Lists text representations of objects with a small icon of the object
   preceding the text. The name view lists them in a single column. The flowed
   name view lists them in multiple columns.

 Icon
   Represents objects as icons, which can be freely positioned or arranged in
   rows within the container.

 Tree (text, name, and icon)
   Represents objects hierarchically. Objects capable of containing nested
   objects branch from the root of the container. The text, name, and icon tree
   views represent objects as their corresponding non-tree views do. The user
   can expand tree branches to view nested objects.

 Details
   Provides detailed information about each object in the container. The
   information is presented as a table with a row for each object and a column
   for each represented object attribute.

 Related Parts

     Container column

 The IVBContainerControl part is in the Lists category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IVBContainerControl - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.6. IContainerColumn ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IContainerColumn to add a column to a container in your application. The
column contains information on a particular attribute of each container object.

The user can view the column data for container objects. With modifiable text
data, the user can edit the object attribute.

Related Parts

     Container control

 The IContainerColumn part is in the Lists category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IContainerColumn - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16. Frame Extensions Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Frame extensions category contains parts you can use to build menus. You
can define many different types of menus.

When adding a menu, typically you first add the Menu part to the free-form
surface and then add the other parts of this category to the Menu part.

The asterisk at the end of the name indicates that the name is actually only a
pointer to the part.

Parts in this category

           IToolBar*

           IToolBarButton*

           IMenu*

           IMenuItem*

           IMenuCascade*

           IMenuSeparator*

           IInfoArea*

           ITitle*


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.1. IToolBar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IToolBar to add a tool bar to your application. A tool bar is a set of
buttons that represent various tools. It is initially located next to the
client area of the frame window it is related to.

The user can click the tool bar buttons to perform the tool functions and can
also drag the tool bar away from the frame window.

Related Parts

     Tool bar buttons

 The IToolBar part is in the Frame extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IToolBar - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.2. IToolBarButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IToolBarButton to add a tool bar button to a tool bar control in your
application. The tool bar button is a selection button for a tool bar. A
graphic on the tool bar button represents the choice.

The user can click the tool bar button to perform the indicated function.

Related Parts

     Tool bar

 The IToolBarButton part is in the Frame extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IToolBarButton - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.3. IMenu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMenu to add a menu to your application that provides a variety of
action, routing, or settings choices related to an object.

The user can select a choice or menu item to apply the choice to the object.

You can attach the menu to one of the following parts:

 Frame windowMenu bar (IMenu)
   IMenuBar. Menu of routing choices for objects in a window. The choices
   appear in a horizontal bar beneath the title bar. Each choice opens a
   pull-down menu.

 Menu bar cascaded choicePull-down menu (ISubmenu)
   ISubmenu. Menu of context-sensitive choices for one or more objects. The
   choices appear in a pop-up window near the objects.

 Cascaded menu choiceCascaded menu (ISubmenu)
   ISubmenu. Menu of context-sensitive choices for one or more objects. The
   choices appear in a pop-up window near the objects.

 Any object with menu supportPop-up menu (IPopUpMenu)
   IPopUpMenu. List of action, routing, and settings choices in a menu opened
   from another menu. The menu is either a pull-down menu opened from a menu
   bar or a cascaded menu opened from another menu.

 Related Parts

     Menu item
     Cascaded menu
     Menu separator
     Information area

 The IMenu part is in the Frame extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IMenu - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.4. IMenuItem ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMenuItem to add a menu item to a menu in your application.

The user can select a choice or menu item to apply the choice to the object.

Related Parts

     Menu
     Cascaded menu
     Menu separator
     Information area

 The IMenuItem part is in the Frame extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IMenuItem - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.5. IMenuCascade ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMenuCascade to add a cascaded menu to a menu in your application. A
cascaded menu is a menu selection choice that represents a submenu. As a
high-level menu choice, a cascaded menu choice opens a submenu of closely
related menu choices. Using a submenu keeps menus shorter and defers detailed
choices from the higher-level menu.

The user can select a choice or menu item to apply the choice to the object.

Related Parts

     Menu
     Menu item
     Menu separator
     Information area

 The IMenuCascade part is in the Frame extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IMenuCascade - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.6. IMenuSeparator ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMenuSeparator to add a menu separator to a menu in your application.
This part visually separates menu choice groups in a menu by drawing lines
between menu choices to mark the beginning or end of a group of related menu
choices.

By seeing the separators between groups, the user can distinguish groups of
related menu choices.

Related Parts

     Menu
     Menu item
     Cascaded menu
     Information area

 The IMenuSeparator part is in the Frame extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 Note:  There are no settable attributes for this part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.7. IInfoArea ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IInfoArea to add an information area at the bottom of a frame window in
your application. An information area displays brief information about a
selected menu choice or reports successful completion of a selected action.

The user can read help information in the information area without opening
another window for help.

Related Parts

     Menu
     Menu item
     Cascaded menu
     Menu separator

 The IInfoArea part is in the Frame extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IInfoArea - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.8. ITitle ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ITitle to change a frame window title after creating a window part in
your application.

You can change the title if your application provides this capability through
other controls. Otherwise, the user can only view title changes when they are
made by your application.

Related Parts

     Frame window

 The ITitle part is in the Frame extensions category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IToolBar - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17. Sliders Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Sliders category contains parts you can use to to add a control that
provides a range of values from which a user can select.

The asterisk at the end of the name indicates that the name is actually only a
pointer to the part.

Parts in this category

           IProgressIndicator*

           ISlider*

           IScrollBar*

           ICircularSlider*


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1. IProgressIndicator ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IProgressIndicator to add a progress indicator to your application. A
progress indicator provides a visual measure of the progress of a task. A
horizontal or vertical shaft represents the progress of the task. A progress
indicator is particularly useful for tasks that take a significant amount of
time to complete.

An arm moves along the shaft to show the progress of the task. The arm starts
at one end of the shaft, called the home position, and reaches the end position
when the task has completed. The shaft can be colored between the home position
and the arm to emphasize the progress of the task. This colored portion of the
shaft is called a ribbon strip.

The user can see the progress of the task by watching the progress indicator.
If your application provides a push button with cancel support, the user can
end the task.

You can set scale features, such as minimum and maximum values and orientation
of the scale (left to right or top to bottom). You can use a scale to display a
percentage value.

Related Parts

     Slider
     Circular slider
     Scroll bar

 The IProgressIndicator part is in the Sliders category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IProgressIndicator - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2. ISlider ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ISlider to add a slider to your application. A slider represents a range
of selection values. A horizontal or vertical shaft represents the task, and a
slider arm marks the selected value.

Use a slider part to do the following:

     Provide a range of visually nondiscrete selection values, such as shades
      of visual color

     Provide a range of discrete selection values, such as radio station
      frequencies

     Show a value relative to a range of potential values, such as the current
      temperature on a thermometer

 The user moves the arm along the shaft to change the selected value.

 Related Parts

     Circular slider
     Progress indicator

 The ISlider part is in the Sliders category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 ISlider - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.3. IScrollBar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IScrollBar to add a scroll bar to a window in your application. A scroll
bar is a window component consisting of a shaft, a scroll box in the shaft, and
scroll buttons at the ends of the shaft. It is either horizontal or vertical.
It indicates the availability of more information in the same dimension.

With a scroll bar, the user can bring information into view by moving the
scroll box along the shaft in the direction of the additional information. The
user can move the scroll box in any of the following ways:

     Drag it with the mouse.

     Click or press the mouse in the shaft away from the scroll box to pull it
      in that direction.

     Click or press a scroll button to pull the scroll box in the direction of
      the scroll button. This moves the scroll box and view contents by
      increments of either line height or character width.

 Related Parts

     View port

 The IScrollBar part is in the Sliders category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IScrollBar - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.4. ICircularSlider ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ICircularSlider to add a circular slider to your application. A circular
slider shows a range of seemingly nondiscrete selection values, such as degrees
of brightness or loudness. A circular dial represents the range of values, and
a slider arm marks the selected value.

The user moves the arm around the dial to change the selected value.

Related Parts

     Progress indicator

 The ICircularSlider part is in the Sliders category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 ICircularSlider - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18. Composers Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Composers category contains parts you can use to place other visual parts
in.

The asterisk at the end of the name indicates that the name is actually only a
pointer to the part.

Parts in this category

           IMultiCellCanvas*

           ISetCanvas*

           ISplitCanvas*

           IViewPort*

           INotebook*

           IVBNotebookPage*

           ICanvas*

           IFrameWindow*


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1. IMultiCellCanvas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMultiCellCanvas to add a canvas to your application that displays
information in a set of cells organized in rows and columns. The cells can
contain controls that span the rows and columns.

Use the multicell canvas to add freely arranged canvas cells within one of the
following frameworks:

     The client area of a frame window
     A view port
     A multicell canvas cell
     A split canvas pane
     A notebook page

 You can then place other controls within the cells of the multicell canvas. If
 you build the multicell canvas with some expandable rows and columns, controls
 in the cells remain uniformly spaced when the user resizes the canvas.

 The cells in a multicell canvas are adjusted for control text of varying
 length, which is important for national language support.

 You can add rows and columns using the pop-up menu for this part.

 The user interacts with the controls that your application places on the
 canvas, not with the canvas.

 Related Parts

     Canvas
     Set canvas
     Split canvas
     View port

 The IMultiCellCanvas part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IMultiCellCanvas - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.2. ISetCanvas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ISetCanvas to add a canvas to your application that displays information
in a set of cells organized in rows or columns (decks).

Use the set canvas to add adjustable canvas cells in rows or columns within one
of the following frameworks:

     The client area of a frame window
     A view port
     A multicell canvas
     A split canvas pane
     A notebook page

 You can then place other controls within the cells of the set canvas. For
 example, you can easily arrange a field of push buttons in the cells of a set
 canvas.

 The cells in a set canvas are adjusted for control text of varying length,
 which is important for national language support.

 You can add rows and columns using the pop-up menu for this part.

 The user interacts with controls that your application places in the cells,
 not with the canvas.

 Related Parts

     Canvas
     Split canvas
     Multicell canvas
     View port

 The ISetCanvas part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 ISetCanvas - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.3. ISplitCanvas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ISplitCanvas to add a canvas to your application that provides split
windows within a framework. A split canvas is a split window into which view
ports or canvases can be placed. A split bar appears between the panes in the
split canvas.

Use the split canvas to provide split windows within one of the following
frameworks:

     The client area of a frame window
     A multicell canvas
     A notebook page

 You can then place another canvas or a view port in each pane of the split
 window.

 The user can move the split bar by pressing mouse button 2 on it and dragging
 it.

 Related Parts

     Canvas
     Set canvas
     Multicell canvas
     View port

 The ISplitCanvas part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 ISplitCanvas - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.4. IViewPort ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IViewPort to add a view port to your application.

Use the view port to add a scrollable view within one of the following
frameworks:

     The client area of a frame window
     A cell of a set canvas
     A multicell canvas
     A split canvas pane
     A notebook page

 The user interacts with controls that your application places within the view
 port.

 Related Parts

     Canvas
     Set canvas
     Split canvas
     Multicell canvas

 The IViewPort part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IViewPort - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.5. INotebook ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select INotebook to add a notebook to your application for settings choices or
for information that can be organized into sections. The notebook resembles a
physical notebook. It presents information on pages. The first page of each
section is separated into pages by a divider tab.

You must add an initial page when you first add a notebook. To do this, use the
pop-up menu for the part. You can also add parts to notebook pages, such as
push buttons and entry fields.

The settings view windows in Visual Builder are an example of notebooks.

The user can do the following with a notebook:

     Turn notebook pages by clicking on page buttons
     Move directly from one section to another by selecting a tab
     View or change information by using other controls

 Related Parts

     Canvas
     Split canvas
     Multicell canvas

 Parts You Can Add

     Notebook page
     Entry field
     Combination box
     List box
     Group box
     Push button

 The INotebook part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 INotebook - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.6. IVBNotebookPage ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

From the pop-up for a notebook part, select Add page before or Add page after
to add a notebook page to a notebook part. Use a notebook page for settings
choices or for related information. The notebook page represents a physical
notebook page. It presents information that is generally related and can have a
tab for direct user access.

To add controls to a notebook page, you must first place a canvas on it.

The user can do the following with a notebook page:

     Turn the page by clicking on page buttons
     View or change information by using other controls

 Related Parts

     Notebook

 The IVBNotebookPage part is available from the INotebook part's pop-up menu.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IVBNotebookPage - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.7. ICanvas ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select ICanvas to add a canvas to your application as a background part for the
client area of a frame window. Think of a canvas as a drawing board for the
placement of control parts.

Use the canvas to provide a background within one of the following frameworks:

     The client area of a frame window
     A viewport
     A notebook page

 You can then place other parts on the canvas. The placement and size of
 controls on a canvas is fixed. They are not adjustable for different display
 resolutions or for national language support.

 The user interacts with controls that your application places on the canvas,
 not with the canvas.

 Related Parts

     Set canvas
     Split canvas
     Multicell canvas
     View port

 The ICanvas part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 ICanvas - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.8. IFrameWindow ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IFrameWindow to add a frame window as a primary or secondary window in
your application for user interface controls. A primary window is the base
window for your application, and a secondary window can be opened from the
primary window or from another secondary window. You can arrange other visual
parts in either type of window.

A frame window is displayed by default when you open the Composition Editor for
a new visual part.

A frame window can contain the following frame controls:

     System menu
     Title bar
     Sizing buttons
     Border
     Menu bar

 The portion of the frame window not occupied by frame controls is called the
 client area. Your application uses the client area for the presentation and
 gathering of application data.

 A client control occupies and manages the client area. Your application
 typically uses one of the following client controls:

     Canvas
     Container
     Multiline edit
     Notebook
     View port

 Your application uses these controls, or other controls within them, for most
 user interaction.

 You can also add extensions to the frame window. These frame extensions are
 generally application-specific. A frame extension can occupy one of the
 following areas:

     The left or right side of the title bar area
     The top or bottom of the client area

 The user interacts with your application through the frame window.

 Related Parts

     Canvas
     Set canvas
     Split canvas
     Multicell canvas
     View port

 The IFrameWindow part is in the Composers category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IFrameWindow - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19. Models Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Models category consists of elementary parts you can use to implement some
of the logic of your application. These parts are nonvisual.

Because these parts are nonvisual, you add connections between them and visual
parts so your application can use them.

The asterisk at the end of the name indicates that the name is actually only a
pointer to the part.

Parts in this category

           IVBFactory*

           IVBVariable*

           IVSequence*


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.1. IVBFactory ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IVBObjectFactory to add a part that dynamically creates instances of
another part.

You must place this part on the free-form surface outside the boundaries of any
visual part.

Related Parts

     Variable
     Sequence template

 The IVBFactory part is in the Models category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 Note:  There are no settable attributes for this part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.2. IVBVariable ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IVBVariable to enable your application to work with any part of a
particular class.

You must place this part on the free-form surface outside the boundaries of any
visual part.

When you add a variable to the free-form surface, you specify its class and
connect the variable so that at run time it receives its identity from a part
elsewhere in your application. At run time a part of that class takes the place
of the variable.

You can add a variable from the palette. Or you can use Add part from the
Options menu in the Composition Editor and add it as a variable.

If you add a variable from the palette, the default class is IStandardNotifier.
However, if you add it using Add part, you can choose the type of class you
want the variable to represent. You can change the class type of the variable
on the free-form surface using the pop-up menu for the variable part.

Related Parts

     Object factory
     Sequence template

 The IVBVariable part is in the Models category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 Note:  There are no settable attributes for this part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3. IVSequence ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IVSequence to add a sequence template part that manages objects in an
ordered collection to your application. As an ordered collection of elements,
it can contain a group of related objects. These objects are ordered by the
sequence in which you add them to or remove them from an ordered collection.

Your application can add objects at either end of the ordered collection. It
can also remove any object from the ordered collection.

You must place this part on the free-form surface outside the boundaries of any
visual part.

The user interacts with objects in the collection through other parts, such as
list boxes and combination boxes, rather than interacting directly with the
sequence template part.

You can specify the class type for the items in the sequence template part
settings.

Related Parts

     Object factory
     Variable

 Visual Parts You Can Add

     Collection view combination box
     Collection view list box

 The IVSequence part is in the Models category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IVSequence - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20. Other Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Other category contains other visual parts that can be used in the other
operating system environments.

The asterisk at the end of the name indicates that the name is actually only a
pointer to the part.

Parts in this category

           IHelpWindow*

           IMessageBox*

           IVBFileDialog*

           IVBFontDialog*

           IVBFlyText*


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.1. IHelpWindow ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IHelpWindow to add a help window that displays help information about
your application. It represents your set of help panels. You can use it for
general and contextual help.

The user can open a help menu from one of the following:

     Help menu
     Help push button
     F1 function key

 Related Parts

     Message box
     Fly-over text

 The IHelpWindow part is in the Other category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IHelpWindow - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.2. IMessageBox ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IMessageBox to add a message box to your application that displays
information about activity or problems. A message box is a window for
displaying application messages to the user.

The user sees the information or error presented in the message. If presented
with a choice, the user can also select an action in response to the message.

Related Parts

     Help window
     Fly-over text

 The IMessageBox part is in the Other category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IMessageBox - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3. IVBFileDialog ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IVBFileDialog to add a part that serves as a placeholder for a file
dialog for connections from other parts when you build your application. When
your application is built and run, a file dialog replaces the placeholder. It
provides an input field and other controls for file identification.

Using a file dialog, the user can select a file to work with or specify a file
name for saving current work.

Related Parts

     Frame window
     Menu

 The IVBFileDialog part is in the Other category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IVBFileDialog - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.4. IVBFontDialog ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IVBFontDialog to add a part that serves as a placeholder for a font
dialog for connections from other parts when you build your application. When
your application is built and run, a font dialog replaces the placeholder. It
provides selection fields and other controls for font identification.

Using the font dialog, the user can select a font name, a font size, and font
styles to use with your application.

Related Parts

     Frame window
     Menu

 The IVBFontDialog part is in the Other category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IVBFontDialog - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.5. IVBFlyText ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select IFlyText to add fly-over text for other parts in your application.
Fly-over text is a brief description of a control within the frame window of
your application. This text appears when the user places the mouse pointer on
the control.

The user can access and read help information in the fly-over text without
opening another window for help.

Related Parts

     Help window

 The IVBFlyText part is in the Other category.

 To display the pop-up menu for a part, click with mouse button 2 on the part.

 To further define the appearance and function of an instance of a part, open
 the settings view window for the part.

 IVBFlyText - Settings


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21. No Settable Attributes Settings View ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The settings view of a part provides a way to display and set attributes and
options for the part. This part does not have any available settings. If the
partName field appears in the settings view window, then the only attribute for
this part that you can change is the actual name of the part.

A part can have no settable attributes for one of the following reasons:

     A default visual representation does not exist that you can use to change
      the value.

     The part is read-only because it has a Get member function but no Set
      member function.

      A get member function retrieves the value of an attribute so that it can
      be used by other parts, while a set member function sets a value for the
      attribute in the part. Parts exist whose values should not be changed by
      an application, and such parts have a get member function but no set
      member function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22. Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To change how a part works and appears, you can open and modify its settings.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.1. Common Settings Pages for Most Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Settings Pages Common to Most Parts

The following settings pages are common to most parts that have settings:

     Control page
     Handlers page
     Size/position page
     Font page


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.2. General Settings Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following General page settings views are available:

     IAnimatedButton*
     IBitmapControl*, IIconControl*
     ICircularSlider*
     ICollectionViewComboBox*
     ICollectionViewListBox*
     IComboBox*
     IVBContainerControl*, IContainerColumn*
     IEntryField*
     IVBFileDialog*
     IVBFontDialog*
     IVBFlyText*
     IFrameWindow*
     IGraphicPushButton*
     IGroupBox*, IPushButton*
     IHelpWindow*
     IInfoArea*
     IListBox*
     IMenu*
     IMenuCascade*
     IMenuItem*
     IMessageBox*
     IMultiCellCanvas*
     IMultiLineEdit*
     INotebook*
     IVBNotebookPage*
     INumericSpinButton*
     IOutlineBox*, ICanvas*
     IProgressIndicator*, ISlider*
     IRadioButton*, ICheckBox*
     IScrollBar*
     IVSequence*
     ISetCanvas*
     ISplitCanvas*
     IStaticText*
     ITextSpinButton*
     ITitle*
     IToolBar*
     IToolBarButton*
     IViewPort*


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.3. Styles Settings Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following Styles page settings views are available:

     IAnimatedButton*
     IBitmapControl*
     ICanvas*
     ICheckBox*
     ICircularSlider*
     IComboBox*, ICollectionViewComboBox*
     IVBContainerColumn*
     IVBContainerControl*
     IEntryField*
     IFrameWindow*
     IGraphicPushButton*
     IGroupBox*
     IIconControl*
     IListBox*, ICollectionViewListBox*
     IMenu*
     IMultiCellCanvas*
     IMultiLineEdit*
     INotebook*
     IVBNotebookPage*
     INumericSpinButton*
     IOutlineBox*
     IProgressIndicator*
     IPushButton*
     IRadioButton*
     IScrollBar*
     ISetCanvas*
     ISlider*
     ISplitCanvas*
     IStaticText*
     ITextSpinbutton*
     IToolBar*
     IToolBarButton*
     IViewPort*


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.4. Color Settings Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following Color page settings views are available:

     IBitmapControl*, IIconControl*, IInfoArea*, IStaticText*
     ICanvas*, IMultiCellCanvas*, ISetCanvas*, IToolBar*
     IComboBox*, ICollectionViewComboBox*, IEntryField*
     IFrameWindow*
     IGroupBox*
     IListBox*, ICollectionViewListBox*
     IMenu*
     IMultiLineEdit*
     INotebook*
     INumericSpinButton*, ITextSpinbutton*
     IOutlineBox*
     IProgressIndicator*, ISlider*
     IPushButton*, ICheckBox*, IGraphicPushButton*, IRadioButton*
     IScrollBar*
     ISplitCanvas*
     IToolBarButton*
     IViewPort*


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.5. IAnimatedButton Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IAnimatedButton Settings
Help for IAnimatedButton

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.6. IBitmapControl Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IBitmapControl Settings
Help for IBitmapControl

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.7. ICanvas Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ICanvas Settings
Help for ICanvas

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.8. ICheckBox Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ICheckBox Settings
Help for ICheckBox

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.9. ICircularSlider Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ICircularSlider Settings
Help for ICircularSlider

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.10. ICollectionViewComboBox Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ICollectionViewComboBox Settings
Help for ICollectionViewComboBox

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.11. ICollectionViewListBox Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ICollectionViewListBox Settings
Help for ICollectionViewListBox

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.12. IComboBox Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IComboBox Settings
Help for IComboBox

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.13. IContainerColumn Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IContainerColumn Settings
Help for IContainerColumn

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Styles

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.14. ICustomButton Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ICustomButton Settings

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.15. IEntryField Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IEntryField Settings
Help for IEntryField

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.16. IFrameWindow Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IFrameWindow Settings
Help for IFrameWindow

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.17. IGraphicPushButton Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IGraphicPushButton Settings
Help for IGraphicPushButton

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.18. IGroupBox Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IGroupBox Settings
Help for IGroupBox

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.19. IHelpWindow Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IHelpWindow Settings
Help for IHelpWindow

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Styles

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.20. IIconControl Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IIconControl Settings
Help for IIconControl

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.21. IInfoArea Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IInfoArea Settings
Help for IInfoArea

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Color
     Handlers
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.22. IListBox Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IListBox Settings
Help for IListBox

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.23. IMenu Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMenu Settings
Help for IMenu

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Styles
     Color

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.24. IMenuCascade Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMenuCascade Settings
Help for IMenuCascade

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.25. IMenuItem Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMenuItem Settings
Help for IMenuItem

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.26. IMessageBox Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMessageBox Settings
Help for IMessageBox

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.27. IMMPlayerPanel Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMMPlayerPanel Settings

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.28. IMultiCellCanvas Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMultiCellCanvas Settings
Help for IMultiCellCanvas

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.29. IMultiLineEdit Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IMultiLineEdit Settings
Help for IMultiLineEdit

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.30. INotebook Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

INotebook Settings
Help for INotebook

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.31. INumericSpinButton Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

INumericSpinButton Settings
Help for INumericSpinButton

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.32. IOutlineBox Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IOutlineBox Settings
Help for IOutlineBox

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.33. IProgressIndicator Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IProgressIndicator Settings
Help for IProgressIndicator

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.34. IPushButton Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IPushButton Settings
Help for IPushButton

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.35. IRadioButton Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IRadioButton Settings
Help for IRadioButton

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.36. IScrollBar Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IScrollBar Settings
Help for IScrollBar

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.37. ISetCanvas settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ISetCanvas Settings
Help for ISetCanvas

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.38. ISlider Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ISlider Settings
Help for ISlider

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.39. ISplitCanvas Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ISplitCanvas Settings
Help for ISplitCanvas

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.40. IStaticText Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IStaticText Settings
Help for IStaticText

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.41. ITextSpinButton Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ITextSpinButton Settings
Help for ITextSpinButton

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.42. ITitle Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

ITitle Settings
Help for ITitle

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Color
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.43. IToolBar Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IToolBar Settings
Help for IToolBar

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.44. IToolBarButton Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IToolBarButton Settings
Help for IToolBarButton

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.45. IVBContainerControl Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IVBContainerControl Settings
Help for IVBContainerControl

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.46. IVBFileDialog Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IVBFileDialog Settings
Help for IVBFileDialog

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.47. IVBFlyText Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IVBFlyText Settings
Help for IVBFlyText

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Handlers
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.48. IVBFontDialog Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IVBFontDialog Settings
Help for IVBFontDialog

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.49. IVBNotebookPage Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IVBNotebookPage Settings
Help for IVBNotebookPage

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Styles

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.50. IViewPort Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IViewPort Settings
Help for IViewPort

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General
     Control
     Styles
     Handlers
     Color
     Size/Position
     Font

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.51. IVSequence Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the part settings window to change the appearance and operation of the
part.

IVSequence Settings
Help for IVSequence

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Settings pages

     General

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the part and close the settings view window.

 Select Apply to update the part with the changes and remain in the settings
 view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.52. Settings Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Text
     Latched
     Animation rate
     Bitmap
     Identifier list
     DLL name
     Resource ID
     Bitmap count


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     animateWhenLatched
     latchable
     autoLatch
     noPointerFocus
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     horizontalScroll
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     drawItem
     extendedSelect
     horizontalScroll
     multipleSelect
     noAdjustPosition
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Text
     Limit
     Alignment
     Word wrap
     DLL name
     Resource ID


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     sizeToBitmap
     mnemonic
     fillBackground
     halftone
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Size/Position Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Size/Position settings page to specify initial part size and position.
The following settings are available on this page:

     X field
     Y field
     Width
     Height
     Minimum size
     Width
     Height


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     autoSelect
     noPointerFocus
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Lower
     Upper
     Rotation increment
     Current value


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     buttons
     displayValue
     jumpToPointer
     full360
     midpoint
     proportionalTicks
     noTicks
     circularArm
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Item type
     Contents


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Text
     Selection index
     Auto scroll
     Margin
     Auto tab
     Insert mode
     Limit
     Combination box type
     Character type
     Contents


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     horizontalScroll
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Heading text
     Width
     Column definition
     Use Text attribute set in the container
     Use Icon attribute set in the container
     Use an attribute from the part
     Attributes
     Attribute type
     Column type


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

Heading styles

     defaultHeadingStyle()
     readOnlyHeading
     icon

 Data styles

     defaultDataStyle()
     date
     time
     number
     horizontalSeparator
     verticalSeparator
     handleDrawItem
     readOnly
     invisible
     icon


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Title attributes
     Title
     Show title
     Show title separator
     Title alignment
     View type
     Container item attributes
     Item type
     Text
     Icon
     Collection type
     Line spacing
     Refresh the container after changes
     EnableDrawBackground
     EnableDrawItem


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     pmCompatible
     autoPosition
     verifyPointers
     noSharedObjects
     extendedSelection
     singleSelection
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Control Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Control settings page to provide initial values for part control
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Fly-over short text
     Fly-over long text
     Window ID
     Help panel ID
     Enabled


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Text
     Latched


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     latchable
     autoLatch
     noPointerFocus
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     unreadable
     autoScroll
     autoTab
     command
     margin
     readOnly
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Text
     Limit
     Insert mode
     Alignment
     Character type


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Owner
     Title
     File (EA) type
     File name
     OK button text
     Search


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Owner


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Font Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Font settings page to specify the initial part font. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Name
     Point size
     Style
     Emphasis
     Edit
     Default font


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Owner
     Title
     Font family name
     Preview text


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     accelerator
     animated
     appDBCSStatus
     border
     dialogBackground
     dialogBorder
     hideButton
     horizontalScroll
     maximizeButton
     menuBar
     minimizeButton
     noMoveWithOwner
     shellPosition
     sizingBorder
     systemMenu
     systemModal
     titleBar
     verticalScroll
     windowList
     maximized
     minimized
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Title text
     Border width
     Border height
     Auto delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     DLL name
     Resource ID


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     sizeToGraphic
     noBorder
     defaultButton
     help
     systemCommand
     noPointerFocus
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Handlers Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Handlers settings page to specify initial part handlers. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Handler name
     Handler list
     Add after
     Add before
     Move
     Remove


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Title
     Help libraries
     Help table ID


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     ipfCompatible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     mnemonic
     fillBackground
     halftone
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Line count
     Disabled text
     Inactive text
     Missing text
     String table offset


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     drawItem
     extendedSelect
     horizontalScroll
     multipleSelect
     noAdjustPosition
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Contents


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Controls
     Rows
     Columns
     Add
     Add after
     Add before
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     dragLines
     gridLines
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Info area text
     Window ID
     Help panel ID
     Menu item type
     Text
     DLL name
     Resource ID
     Alt
     Ctrl
     Shift
     Key
     Show text on menu
     Command type
     Checked
     Disabled
     Framed
     Highlighted
     No dismiss upon selection
     Selectable
     Draw item


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Info area text
     Menu item type
     Text
     Text
     DLL name
     Resource ID
     Conditional cascade
     Checked
     Disabled
     Framed
     Highlighted
     No dismiss upon selection
     Selectable
     Draw item


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Title
     Owner


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     border
     readOnly
     horizontalScroll
     verticalScroll
     ignoreTab
     wordWrap
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Text
     Limit


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Name


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Layout
     Binding
     Tab shape
     Status area
     Tab
     Page Button Width
     Page Button Height
     Major Tab Width
     Major Tab Height
     Minor Tab Width
     Minor Tab Height

 Note:  In Windows, these settings apply only to notebooks in which the
        pmCompatible style has been set to On. Otherwise, Visual Builder
        retains the settings but ignores them in Windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     autoPageSize
     statusTextOn
     majorTab
     minorTab
     noAttribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Tab text
     Status text


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     pmCompatible
     allTabsVisible
     handleDrawTabs
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     padWithZeros
     readOnly
     noBorder
     fastSpin
     pmCompatible
     master
     servant
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Outline type
     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     horizontal
     snapToTickMark
     ribbonStrip
     handleDrawItem
     pmCompatible
     vertical
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Number of ticks
     Arm offset
     Ticks
     Pixels
     Home position


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     noBorder
     defaultButton
     help
     systemCommand
     noPointerFocus
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Text
     Selected


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     noCursorSelect
     autoSelect
     noPointerFocus
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Lower
     Upper
     Visible count
     Scroll box position
     Minimum scroll increment
     Page scroll increment


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     autoSize
     horizontal
     vertical
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Deck orientation
     Pack type
     Text
     Deck count
     Width
     Height
     Width
     Height
     Alignment


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     horizontalDecks
     verticalDecks
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Item type
     Collection type
     String generator
     Auto scroll
     Margin
     Auto tab
     Insert mode
     Limit
     Combination box type
     Character type


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Item type
     Collection type
     String generator


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Size/Position Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Size/Position settings page to specify initial part size and position.
The following settings are available on this page:

     X field
     Y field
     Width
     Height
     Minimum size
     Width
     Height


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     buttonsTop
     buttonsBottom
     buttonsLeft
     buttonsRight
     horizontal
     snapToTickMark
     ribbonStrip
     handleDrawItem
     pmCompatible
     vertical
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Alignment
     Limit
     Numeric range
     Value


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Orientation


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     horizontal
     vertical
     noSplitBars
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     mnemonic
     fillBackground
     halftone
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Text
     Limit
     Alignment
     Word wrap


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Text


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Alignment
     Limit
     Text
     Contents


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     readOnly
     noBorder
     fastSpin
     pmCompatible
     master
     servant
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Owner
     Object text
     View text
     View number


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Floating title
     Group with preceding tool bar
     Location


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Text
     Latched
     DLL name
     Resource ID
     Select from type list
     Type list


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Color settings page to specify initial part colors. The following
settings are available on this page:

     Color area
     Color selection
     Color values
     RGB values


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Control Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Control settings page to provide initial values for part control
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Fly-over short text
     Fly-over long text
     Help panel ID
     Enabled


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     bitmapAndTextVisible
     useIDForBitmap
     useIDForText
     noDragDelete
     bitmapVisible
     standardFormat
     textVisible
     latchable
     autoLatch
     noPointerFocus
     group
     tabStop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     buttonBitmapVisible
     buttonTextVisible
     buttonBitmapAndTextVisible
     filterMisfits
     noDragDrop
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> General Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the General settings page to provide initial values for general part
attributes. The following settings are available on this page:

     Subpart name
     Width
     Height


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Styles Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Styles settings page to specify initial part styles.

The Currently column shows the current setting for the instance of the part
that is on the composition surface. It also shows whether an attribute exists
that can be queried for that style. If an attribute does exist, then Currently
reflects whether it is on, off, or not set. (Not set only applies to parts that
are not live.)

The following settings are available on this page:

     defaultStyle()
     noViewWindowFill
     expandableViewWindow
     clipChildren
     clipSiblings
     clipToParent
     saveBits
     synchPaint
     visible


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.52.1. Settings Descriptions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> accelerator ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Uses an accelerator key table resource for the frame window. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Alt ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the accelerator for the Alt key. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Ctrl ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the accelerator for the Ctrl key. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Key ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Allows selection of an accelerator key. No default value is provided for the
setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Shift ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the accelerator for the Shift key. By default, the setting is not
selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Show text on menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Shows the text for the accelerator key with the menu item. By default, the
setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Add ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Adds a row or column to the multicell canvas. By default, the setting is
selectable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Add after ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Adds the new choice after the selected choice in the list. If no choice is
selected, the new choice is added after the first choice in the list. By
default, the setting is highlighted.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Add after ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Adds a row or column to the multicell canvas after the the selected row or
column. By default, the setting is not selectable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Add before ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Adds the new choice before the selected choice in the list. If no choice is
selected, the new choice is added before the first choice in the list. By
default, the setting is not highlighted.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Add before ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Adds a row or column to the multicell canvas before the the selected row or
column. By default, the setting is not selectable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> allTabsVisible ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Draws the notebook tabs in multiple rows so that all are visible. This style is
ignored if the pmCompatible style is set on. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Alignment ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Changes the text alignment of the part. Left aligns the text to the left,
Center centers the text, and Right aligns the text at the right. By default,
the setting is Left.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Alignment ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the alignment of the part. By default, the setting is upper left.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> animated ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Shows the frame window with animation when the user opens, closes, or restores
it. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> animateWhenLatched ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the style for the part to the animate-when-latched state. By default, the
On radio button is selected, so the style setting is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Animation rate ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the current animation rate for the part. By default, the setting is 1 000.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> appDBCSStatus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Includes a DBCS status area in the frame of the frame window when displayed in
a DBCS environment. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the
style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Arm offset ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies the measure by which the arm is offset. By default, the setting is
Tick.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Pixels ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the pixel offset of the arm from the home position. By default, the
setting is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Ticks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the position of the arm as a tick number. Ticks are numbered starting at
zero. By default, the setting is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Lower ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the lower bound of the slider dial. By default, the setting is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Upper ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the upper bound of the slider dial. By default, the setting is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Lists the available text-related attributes that you can select from to assign
to the column. By default, no choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Attribute type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Displays the data type of the selected attribute. A default value is not
provided when no attribute choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Auto delete ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Automatically deletes the frame window object when the user closes the window.
By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> autoLatch ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the style for the part the automatic latch state. By default, the Default
radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class
default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> autoPageSize ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Automatically resizes the notebook page when the notebook is resized. By
default, the On radio button is selected, so the style setting is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> autoPosition ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Automatically positions parts that are added to the container in the icon view.
By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Auto scroll ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables automatic scrolling for the part. By default, the setting is not
selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> autoScroll ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables automatic scrolling for the part. The entry field automatically makes
more space at the end of the line as the user enters more text. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style. The default style setting for this style is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> autoSelect ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Automatically selects or deselects the check box when the user clicks it. If
you do not use automatic selection, your program must change the state. By
default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style. The default style setting for this style
is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> autoSelect ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Automatically selects the radio button when the user clicks it. If you do not
use automatic selection, your program must change the state. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style. The default style setting for this style is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> autoSize ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables automatic sizing of the scroll bar. For a vertical scroll bar, the
width is determined. For a horizontal scroll bar, the height is determined. By
default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Auto tab ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Generates a tab key when the part is filled by adding a character at the text
limit of the part text. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> autoTab ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Generates a tab key when the part is filled by adding a character at the text
limit of the part text. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so
the style setting is determined by the class default style. The default style
setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Binding ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the type of binding used for the notebook. By default, the setting is
Solid.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Bitmap ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies the bitmap to be used. By default, the setting is Identifier.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> bitmapAndTextVisible ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Displays the bitmap and tool bar button text. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Bitmap count ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies the number of bitmaps to be used. By default, the setting is 1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> bitmapVisible ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Displays the bitmap. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the
style setting is determined by the class default style. The default style
setting for this style is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Border height ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the screen coordinates for the height of the border of the frame window.
By default, the setting is 5.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> border ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Draws a border around the frame window, or sets the color of the border that
surrounds the button window. By default, the Default radio button is selected,
so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Border width ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the screen coordinates for the width of the border of the frame window. By
default, the setting is 4.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> buttonBitmapVisible ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the the style so that the bitmap is displayed. By default, the Default
radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class
default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> buttonBitmapAndTextVisible ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the the style so that both the bitmap and text are displayed. By default,
the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> buttons ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the the style for the circular slider buttons. By default, the Default
radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class
default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> buttonsBottom ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Places slider buttons at the bottom of the slider. By default, the Default
radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class
default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> buttonsLeft ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Places slider buttons at the left of the slider. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> buttonsRight ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Places slider buttons at the right of the slider. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> buttonsTop ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Places slider buttons at the top of the slider. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> buttonTextVisible ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the the style so that text is displayed. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Character type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the type of characters accepted by the entry field. By default, the
setting is SBCS.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Checked ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Places a check mark to the left of the menu item. By default, the setting is
not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> circularArm ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the indicator to appear as a dial. By default, the Default radio button is
selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Item type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies the part type of objects in the collection. No default value is
provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> clipChildren ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Excludes the area occupied by the children of the window when drawing in the
window. Child windows are always "clipped" to their parent window. When a
parent window is painted, the clipChildren style controls whether the
invalidated region of the parent window includes the area occupied by its
children, thus preventing a window from painting over its child windows. By
default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> clipSiblings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Controls which sibling window is displayed on top when multiple siblings are
displayed. Sibling windows are windows that share the same parent window.
Assign the clipSiblings style to the sibling window that you want displayed on
top of the other siblings, in Z-order. By default, the Default radio button is
selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> clipToParent ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Allows a window to paint outside of its window boundary up to the window
boundary of its parent. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so
the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Collection type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies the part type of the collection. No default value is provided for the
setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text.

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part.

 Disabled foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text when the part is disabled.

 Highlighted foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text when the part is selected.

 Border
      Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text.

 Disabled foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text when the part is disabled.

 Highlighted foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text when the part is selected.

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part. that surrounds the part.

 Disabled background
      Sets the background color of the part when it is disabled.

 Highlighted background
      Sets the background color of the part when it is selected.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the part.

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part.

 Shadow
      Sets the color of the frame window's shadow.

 Disabled background
      Sets the background color of the part when it is disabled.

 Active
      Sets the color to be used for the frame window's border when the frame
      window is active.

 Inactive
      Sets the color to be used for the frame window's border when the frame
      window is inactive.

 Border
      Sets the color of the border drawn around the children of the frame
      window.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the part.

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part.

 Latched foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the part when it is latched.

 Latched background
      Sets the background color of the part when it is latched.

 Default transparent
      Sets the default transparent color for tool bar buttons.

 Transparent
      Sets the transparent color for the tool bar button.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of tick marks and text.

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part.

 Border
      Sets the color of the border drawn around the part.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the part.

 Highlighted foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the part when it is selected.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part.

 By default, the Background choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Splitbar edge
      Sets color of the top and bottom edges of horizontal split bars or the
      left and right edges of vertical split bars.

 Splitbar middle
      Sets color of the middle of split bars.

 By default, the Splitbar edge choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part.

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the part.

 Page background
      Sets the color of the page background.

 Major tab foreground
      Sets the color of the major tab foreground.

 Major tab background
      Sets the color of the major tab background.

 Minor tab foreground
      Sets the color of the minor tab foreground.

 Minor tab background
      Sets the color of the minor tab background.

 By default, the Background choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the part.

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part.

 Highlighted foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the part when it is selected.

 Highlighted background
      Sets the background color of the part when it is selected.

 Border
      Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Active Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the part when it is active.

 Active Background
      Sets the background color of the part when it is active.

 Inactive Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the part when it is inactive.

 Inactive Background
      Sets the background color of the part when it is inactive.

 By default, the Active Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text.

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part.

 Disabled foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text when the part is disabled.

 Border
      Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text.

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part.

 Latched foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text when the part is latched.

 Latched background
      Sets the background color of the part when it is latched.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text.

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part.

 Fill
      Sets the color for the area of the part that is not occupied by text.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of text.

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part.

 Disabled foreground
      Sets the foreground color of text when the part is disabled.

 Highlighted foreground
      Sets the foreground color of text when it is selected.

 Border
      Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text.

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part.

 Border
      Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text.

 Border
      Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the part.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color of the given area. Choices are as follows:

 Foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text.

 Background
      Sets the background color of the part.

 Disabled foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text when the part is disabled.

 Highlighted foreground
      Sets the foreground color of the text when it is selected.

 Border
      Sets the color of the border that surrounds the part.

 By default, the Foreground choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color selection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables color selection by either color values or RGB values.

Select Colors or RGB. If you select Colors, you can set the Color values. If
you select RGB, you can set the RGB values.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Color values ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the color value of the window area, or sets the passed default if no color
for the area has been set.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Column definition ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the data to appear in the column. By default, the Foreground choice is
selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> invisible ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The column is invisible. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so
the style setting is determined by the class default style. The default style
setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Columns ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the number and width of columns, and whether or not they can be widened.
No default value is provided for Width, and the default value for Expand is
default.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Column type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Lists the available column data types for the selected attribute. A default
value is not provided when no attribute choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Combination box type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the behavior of the combination box, which can be one of the following:

 Simple
   Specifies that the entry field and list box controls are visible. When the
   selection changes in the list box control, the text of the selected item in
   the list box control is placed in the entry field. You can also select an
   item from the list box control by entering part of the item into the entry
   field. The entry is completed with the closest match from the list box.

 Drop-down
   Specifies the drop-down variation of the combination box. The list box
   control is hidden until the user requests that it be displayed.

 Read-only drop-down
   Specifies the drop-down list variation of the combination box. The drop-down
   list only displays one item in the entry field until the user displays the
   list box control to make alternative selections from the list box. The user
   cannot enter information into the entry field portion of the drop-down list.
   The entry field displays the current selection from the list box.

 By default, the setting is Square.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> command ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Generates a command event when the user selects the part. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Command type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Generates a command event when the user selects the part. No default value is
provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Conditional cascade ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables the conditional cascade menu behavior. By default, the setting is not
selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Width ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the container column width. By default, the setting is determined by the
size of column data.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Container item attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies the objects that the container can hold. No default value is provided
for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Contents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets initial items for the part. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Defines the name of all rows and columns that appear on the multicell canvas,
and sets how many rows and columns to display. No default value is provided for
the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Current value ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the initially selected value. By default, the setting is 15.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> date ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The data is displayed in date format and is enabled for National Language
Support. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting
is determined by the class default style. The default style setting for this
style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Deck count ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the maximum number of decks used by the canvas. By default, the setting is
1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Deck orientation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the orientation of child window decks to horizontal or vertical. By
default, the setting is Horizontal.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> defaultButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies this push button as the default push button. By default, the Default
radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class
default style. The default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> defaultDataStyle() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets data styles from the class default style. You typically use the default
style as a base, then set particular styles on or off to override the default.
By default, the setting is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Default font ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Resets font settings to use the default font instead of specifying a font. By
default, the setting is not highlighted.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> defaultHeadingStyle() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets heading styles from the class default style. You typically use the default
style as a base, then set particular styles on or off to override the default.
By default, the setting is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> defaultStyle() ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets part styles from the class default style. You typically use the default
style as a base, then set particular styles on or off to override the default.
By default, the setting is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Delete ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Deletes the selected row or column from the canvas. By default, the setting is
not selectable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> dialogBackground ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Gives a frame the background color for the system dialog. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> dialogBorder ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Puts a dialog border around the frame window. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Disabled ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Makes the menu item unselectable. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Disabled text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the text to appear in the information area when the user selects a
disabled a menu choice. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> displayValue ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Displays the currently selected value on the dial for the part. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> DLL name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Name of the DLL file to load the bitmap or icon from. If you do not enter a
name, Visual Builder attempts to load the bitmap from the application's
userResourceLibrary. By default these are the resources that are bound to the
application but can be changed with an ICLUI call
(IApplication::current().setUserResourceLibrary(...)).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> dragLines ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Adds draggable grid lines between the rows and columns of the multicell canvas.
By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style. The default style setting for this style
is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Draw item ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Allows the menu item to be drawn. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> drawItem ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Allows list box items to be drawn, which are typically used to display bitmaps.
By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style. The default style setting for this style
is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Edit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Opens a font dialog. Use the dialog to change font settings. By default, the
setting is highlighted.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Emphasis ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Current font emphasis. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Enabled ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables the part for keyboard and mouse input. By default, the setting is
selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> EnableDrawBackground ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables the background of the container to be redrawn. By default, the setting
is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> EnableDrawItem ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables list box items to be drawn, which are typically used to display
bitmaps. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> expandableViewWindow ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies that the view window completely fill the view port. Use this style
when the view port contains an IMultiCellCanvas* with expandable rows or
columns as the view window. By default, the Default radio button is selected,
so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> extendedSelect ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables extended selection for the part. By default, the Default radio button
is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style. The
default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> extendedSelection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies that the container use extended selection. By default, the Default
radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class
default style. The default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> fastSpin ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables the spin button to increase the spin speed with time. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> File name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets an initial file name for the file dialog. No default value is provided for
the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> File (EA) type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the file type to be listed in the file dialog. No default value is
provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> fillBackground ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Erases the background, using the currently set fill color before drawing the
text. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style. The default style setting for this style
is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> filterMisfits ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the style so that misfits are filtered in or out based on the orientation
of the tool bar and the current tool bar style. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Floating title ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the title text of the floating frame window. No default value is provided
for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Fly-over long text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies the long text for the fly-over text control. No default value is
provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Fly-over short text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies the short text for the fly-over text control. No default value is
provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Font family name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the family name of the font. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The name of the current font. By default, the setting is System proportional.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Framed ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Places a frame around the menu item. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> full360 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the dial so the user can turn it up to 360 degrees. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> gridLines ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Adds grid lines between the rows and columns of the multicell canvas. By
default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style. The default style setting for this style
is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> group ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Identifies the control as being the first in a group. No other controls in the
group can have this style. Controls in the group must be siblings that are
constructed following the first control. The group can be cursored and when the
last control in the group is reached, the cursor returns to the first control
in the group. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style
setting is determined by the class default style. The default style setting for
this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Group with preceding tool bar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies that the tool bar should be grouped with the preceding tool bar. By
default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> halftone ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Draws the text in halftone color. By default, the Default radio button is
selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style. The
default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> handleDrawTabs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables owner drawing of the tabs. This style is ignored if the pmCompatible
style is set on. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style
setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> handleDrawItem ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Generates a draw item event to allow the application to draw the part. By
default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Handler list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

List of handlers for the part. If more than one type of handler is attached to
the part, separate lists are maintained internally for each handler type. No
default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Handler name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies a handler you want to add to the handler list. Enter the name and
constructor arguments of your handler.

You also need to add the handler's .hpp file to the Required include files list
in the Class Editor. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Heading text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the text for the column heading. No default value is provided for the
setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Height ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the height of the part. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Height ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the height of the canvas, if it is not the client part. By default, the
setting is not available.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Help ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables help for the part. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Help libraries ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the name of one or more compiled help (.hlp) files that make up the help
library. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Help panel ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the help panel identifier for the part. No default value is provided for
the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Help table ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the name of the help table. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> hideButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Adds a hide button to the frame window. By default, the Default radio button is
selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Highlighted ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Highlights the menu item. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Home position ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the home position of the progress indicator. By default, the setting is
Left or bottom.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> horizontalDecks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the orientation of child window decks to horizontal. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> horizontalScroll ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Provides a horizontal scroll bar for the part. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style. The default style setting for this style is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> horizontal ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Creates a horizontal scroll bar. This style is ignored if it is used with
vertical. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style
setting is determined by the class default style. The default style setting for
this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> horizontalSeparator ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Provides a horizontal separator beneath the column heading. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style. The default style setting for this style is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> horizontal ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Makes the progress indicator or slider horizontal. By default, the Default
radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class
default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> horizontal ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Splits panes horizontally, placing panes from top to bottom. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Icon ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the icon handle of the part. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> icon ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The data is an icon. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the
style setting is determined by the class default style. The default style
setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> icon ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The heading is an icon. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so
the style setting is determined by the class default style. The default style
setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Identifier list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets a list of identifers for the part. By default, the first item in the list
is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ignoreTab ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the MLE so it ignores tab key strokes. The function sends a keyboard event
to the owner of the MLE. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so
the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Inactive text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the text to appear in the information area when the user has not selected
a menu choice. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Info area text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies the text to appear in the information area for this part. No default
value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Insert mode ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets insert mode to on. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ipfCompatible ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Indicates whether the application uses Information Presentation Facility (IPF)
help or native help. For Windows, the native help format is Rich Text Format
(RTF).

For Windows applications, set ipfCompatible On if you have developed IPF help.
Either use the default style or set ipfCompatible Off if you have developed
native help. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style
setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> jumpToPointer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the value to the point you select on the dial by clicking on it. By
default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Tab ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Defines the alignment for the text in the tabs for the notebook. By default,
the setting is Left.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> latchable ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the style to the latchable state. By default, the Default radio button is
selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Latched ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the part to the latched state. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Layout ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Defines the orientation and perspective of the notebook. By default, the first
(left) orientation is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Limit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the length (in bytes) of the longest text the part can hold. By default,
the setting is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Limit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the length (in bytes) of the longest text the part can hold. By default,
the setting is 32.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Limit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the length (in bytes) of the longest text the part can hold. By default,
the setting is 255.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Limit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the length (in bytes) of the longest text the part can hold. By default,
the setting is 30 000.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Line count ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies the number of lines of text in the information area. By default, the
setting is 1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Line spacing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the space between lines, in pixels. By default, the setting is 2.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Location ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the location of the tool bar. By default, the first item in the list is
selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Lower ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the lower bound of the scrollable range. By default, the setting is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> majorTab ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies that the notebook page has a major tab. By default, the On radio
button is selected, so the style setting is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Major Tab Height ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the size (height) of the major tabs in the notebook, in pixels. No default
value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Major Tab Width ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the size (width) of the major tabs in the notebook, in pixels. No default
value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Margin ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Draws a border around the entry field, with a margin between the border and the
entry field. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Height ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies the top and bottom margin height. The margin is the space between the
edge of the canvas and the outermost child windows on the canvas. By default,
the setting is 10.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> margin ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Draws a border around the entry field, with a margin between the border and the
entry field. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style
setting is determined by the class default style. The default style setting for
this style is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Width ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies the left and right margin width. The margin is the space between the
edge of the canvas and the outermost child windows on the canvas. By default,
the setting is 8.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> master ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies that the spin button is controlled directly by the user with spin
arrows. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting
is determined by the class default style. The default style setting for this
style is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> maximizeButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Adds a maximize button to the frame window. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> maximized ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Creates the frame window in the maximized state. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style. The default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> menuBar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Provides the frame window with a menu bar. By default, the Default radio button
is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> DLL name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the name of the DLL for the menu item. No default value is provided for
the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Resource ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the resource identifier for the menu item. By default, the setting is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the text of the menu item. By default, the setting is the name of the menu
item.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Menu item type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the type of the menu item. By default, the setting is Text.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> midpoint ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Displays a mark at the midpoint on the dial. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> minimizeButton ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Adds a minimize button to the frame window. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> minimized ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Creates the frame window in the minimized state. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style. The default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Minimum scroll increment ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the minimum amount of the scrollable range that the user can scroll by
selecting the scroll buttons. By default, the setting is 1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Minimum size ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Determines the minimum size of the part.

Select Calculate at execution time or Set value here. If you select Calculate
at execution time, the minimum size is determined dynamically. If you select
Set value here, you can set the Minimum size Width and Height fields to define
a fixed minimum size. By default, Calculate at execution time is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Height ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the minimum-allowable height. No default is provided when Calculate at
execution time is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Width ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the minimum-allowable width. No default is provided when Calculate at
execution time is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> minorTab ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies that the notebook page has a minor tab. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Minor Tab Height ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the size (height) of the minor tabs in the notebook, in pixels. No default
value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Minor Tab Width ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the size (width) of the minor tabs in the notebook, in pixels. No default
value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Missing text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the text to appear in the information area when the user selects a menu
choice where no information area text has been defined. No default value is
provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> mnemonic ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Draws the next character with mnemonic emphasis if a mnemonic prefix character
is found. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style
setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Move ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Opens a move dialog for the selected choice. By default, the setting is not
highlighted.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> multipleSelect ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables multiple selection for the part. By default, the Default radio button
is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style. The
default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the name of the part. By default, the setting is the name of the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> noAdjustPosition ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Restricts adjustment of the frame position of the part. As a result, certain
aspects of enhanced performance by such alignment are lost. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style. The default style setting for this style is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> noAttribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies that no notebook page styles are used. This style is ignored if any
other styles are set on. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so
the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> noBorder ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Suppresses the drawing of a border. By default, the Default radio button is
selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> noCursorSelect ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Prevents selection of the radio button by moving the cursor to the button. By
default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> No dismiss upon selection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Keeps the menu item visible after selection. By default, the setting is not
selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> noDragDelete ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Prevents the part from being dropped on a shredder object. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> noDragDrop ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Prevents the user from doing the following:

     Dragging the tool bar
     Dragging tool bar buttons from the tool bar
     Dropping objects onto the tool bar or tool bar buttons

 By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
 determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> noMoveWithOwner ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Disables the default behavior of automatically moving frame windows with their
owner. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting
is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> noPointerFocus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Allows the cursor to stay on a control for which information is required,
rather than moving to the button. Buttons with this style do not set the focus
to themselves when the user clicks on them using the mouse. This has no effect
on keyboard interaction. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so
the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> noSharedObjects ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Disallows sharing objects with other containers. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> noSplitBars ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If specified, the split canvas has no split bars. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> noTicks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Does not display tick marks on the dial. By default, the Default radio button
is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> noViewWindowFill ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If specified, the view port does not clear out the view window before redrawing
as the window is scrolled. The view window assumes responsibility to repaint
its entire rectangle. This can optimize redrawing the view window. By default,
the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Number of ticks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the number of ticks. By default, the setting is 2.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> number ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The data is displayed as an unsigned long number. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style. The default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Numeric range ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets a range of values for an attribute of the part. The Lower field sets the
lower limit of the range for a spin button part, while the Upper field sets the
upper limit. By default, the setting is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Object text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the initial title text. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> OK button text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the text that appears on the OK button. No default value is provided for
the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Orientation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Splits panes horizontally or vertically within the canvas.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Outline type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the type of outline. By default, the setting is Foreground color.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Owner ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the window's owner. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Pack type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets how parts are spaced in decks. By default, the setting is Tight.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Height ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the pad height, which is the space between child windows in a deck and
between multiple decks. By default, the setting is 10.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Width ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the pad width, which is the space between child windows in a deck and
between multiple decks. By default, the setting is 8.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> padWithZeros ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Pads the displayed number with zeros at the front. By default, the Default
radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class
default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Page Button Height ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the height of the arrow push button on the notebook page. No default value
is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Page Button Width ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the width of the arrow push button on the notebook page. No default value
is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Page scroll increment ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the amount of the scrollable range that is scrolled by selecting the
scroll shaft. By default, the setting is 24.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Part name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the name of the part. By default, the setting is the name of the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> pmCompatible ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Indicates the appearance and behavior of the control.

To get the look and feel of the Presentation Manager control, set pmCompatible
On. Either use the default style or set pmCompatible Off to get the look and
feel of the native control. By default, the Default radio button is selected,
so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Point size ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The current point size of the font. By default, the setting is 10.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Type list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Lists the available predefined actions that you can associate with the button.
By default, no choice is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Preview text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the text to display in the font sample box. No default value is provided
for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> proportionalTicks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the tick marks to be porportional to the values possible on the dial. By
default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> readOnlyHeading ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Prevents entering input into the heading field. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style. The default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> readOnly ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Prevents entering input into the field. By default, the Default radio button is
selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Refresh the container after changes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Refreshes all parts in the container after updates are made. By default, the
setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Remove ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Removes the selected choice from the list. By default, the setting is not
highlighted.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Resource ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the ID of the bitmap or icon to load from the DLL. By default, the setting
is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> RGB values ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the red, green, and blue values for the window area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ribbonStrip ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Colors the shaft between the home position and the arm. By default, the Default
radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class
default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Rotation increment ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the incremental value by which the user can rotate the dial by turning it
with the mouse. By default, the setting is 1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Rows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the number and height of rows, and whether or not their height can be
adjusted. No default value is provided for Height, and the default value for
Expand is default.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> saveBits ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Optimizes the painting of a window by saving the screen image of the area under
the window as a bitmap and then using the bitmap to redraw the window, when
necessary. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style
setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Scroll box position ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the current position of the scroll bar. By default, the setting is 1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Search ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Lets the user search for the file name. By default, the setting is selectable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Selectable ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Makes the menu item selectable. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Selected ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Makes the choice initially selected. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Select from type list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables the Type list so you can select and associate an available predefined
action with the button. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Selection index ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the index of the specified choice. By default, the setting is -1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> servant ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies that the spin button is controlled by another spin button, which is
its master. The servant spin button does not have spin arrows. Use the
setMaster action to identify the controlling spin button. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style. The default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> shellPosition ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the initial position of the window to a location and size dictated by the
system shell. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style
setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Show title ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Shows the container's title. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Show title separator ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Displays a horizontal separator between the title and the work area of a
container part. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> singleSelection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies that the container use single selection. By default, the Default
radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class
default style. The default style setting for this style is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> sizeToBitmap ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sizes the window to the size of the currently set bitmap. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> sizeToGraphic ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sizes the window to the size of the currently set graphic. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style. The default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> sizingBorder ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Puts a sizing border around the frame window. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> snapToTickMark ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies that the progress indicator arm snap to the nearest tick when moved
between two ticks. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the
style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> standardFormat ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Displays the tool bar button in a standard format for the application. By
default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style. The default style setting for this style
is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Status area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Defines the alignment for the text in the status line for the notebook. By
default, the setting is Left.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Status text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the text for the status area of the notebook page. No default value is
provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> statusTextOn ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the text of the status line associated with this notebook page. By
default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> strikeout ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Draws the text with overstriking. By default, the Default radio button is
selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style. The
default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> String generator ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies the name of a string generator class that produces text to represent
objects in the collection. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> String table offset ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

(description) By default, the setting is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Style ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Current font styles. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Subpart name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the name of the subpart (a part placed on a composite part). By default,
the setting is the name of the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> synchPaint ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Synchronously repaints the window. Without this style, painting only occurs if
there are no other events waiting to be processed. By default, the Default
radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class
default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> systemCommand ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Generates a system command event when the user selects the part. By default,
the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style. The default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> systemMenu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Provides a system menu in the frame window. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> systemModal ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Makes the part system-modal. By default, the Default radio button is selected,
so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Tab shape ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the shape of the notebook tabs. By default, the setting is Square.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> tabStop ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Identifies the control as one to which the user can tab. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style. The default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Tab text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the text for the notebook tab. By default, the setting is Tab.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the text for the part. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> textVisible ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Displays the tool bar button text. By default, the Default radio button is
selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style. The
default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> time ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The data is displayed in time format and is enabled for National Language
Support. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting
is determined by the class default style. The default style setting for this
style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Title ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the title to appear on the title bar for the part. No default value is
provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Title alignment ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the alignment of the title. By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Title attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Specifies attributes of the container title. No default value is provided for
the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> titleBar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Provides a title bar for the frame window. By default, the Default radio button
is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Title text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the title text for the part. By default, the setting is the name of the
part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> underscore ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Draws the text with underscoring. By default, the Default radio button is
selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style. The
default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> unreadable ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Substitutes each character in the text with an asterisk. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Upper ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the upper bound of the scrollable range. By default, the setting is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Use an attribute from the part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Uses a container item attribute for column data. No default value is provided
for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Use Icon attribute set in the container ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Uses a container item icon for column data. The icon is specified in the
General settings of the container part. No default value is provided for the
setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> useIDForBitmap ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Uses the window ID of the tool bar button as the ID for the bitmap resource. By
default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> useIDForText ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Uses the window ID of the tool bar button as the ID for the text resource. By
default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is
determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Use Text attribute set in the container ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Uses container item text for column data. The text is specified in the General
settings of the container part. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Value ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the current value for the spin button. By default, the setting is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> verifyPointers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Validates that container parts exist. By default, the Default radio button is
selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> verticalDecks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the orientation of child window decks to vertical. By default, the Default
radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class
default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> verticalScroll ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Provides a vertical scroll bar for the part. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> vertical ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Creates a vertical scroll bar. This style is used if both it and horizontal are
specified. By default, the Default radio button is selected, so the style
setting is determined by the class default style. The default style setting for
this style is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> verticalSeparator ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Provides a vertical separator after the column. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style. The default style setting for this style is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> vertical ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Makes the progress indicator or slider vertical. By default, the Default radio
button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default
style. The default style setting for this style is off.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> vertical ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Splits panes vertically, placing panes from left to right. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> View text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the name of the view for the title bar. No default value is provided for
the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> View number ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the number of the view for the title bar. No default value is provided for
the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> View type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the view type for the part, which can be one of the following:

 Text view
      Shows the nonflowed text view of the container.

 Flowed text view
      Shows the flowed name view of the container.

 Name view
      Shows the name view of the container.

 Flowed name view
      Shows the flowed name view of the container.

 Details view
      Shows the details view of the container.

 Tree icon view
      Shows the tree icon view of the container.

 Tree text view
      Shows the tree text view of the container.

 Tree name view
      Shows the tree name view of the container.

 Icon view
      Shows the icon view of the container.

 By default, the setting is not selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Height ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the height of the window. By default, the setting is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Width ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the width of the window. By default, the setting is 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> visible ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Makes the window visible. In general, controls are constructed as visible, and
frame windows are constructed as invisible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Visible count ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the amount of the scrollable range that is displayed. By default, the
setting is 25.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Width ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the width of the part. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Width ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the width of the canvas, if it is not the client part. By default, the
setting is not available.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Window ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the window identifier. No default value is provided for the setting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> windowList ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Adds an entry for this frame window to the sytem window list. By default, the
Default radio button is selected, so the style setting is determined by the
class default style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Word wrap ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Enables word wrap of text at the end of a line. By default, the setting is not
selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> wordWrap ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the word-wrap style for the part. By default, the Default radio button is
selected, so the style setting is determined by the class default style. The
default style setting for this style is on.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> X field ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the X coordinate of the part if it is not the client part. By default, the
setting is the x coordinate of the part currently positioned on the free-form
surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Y field ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Sets the Y coordinate of the part if it is not the client part. By default, the
setting is the y coordinate of the part currently positioned on the free-form
surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23. Attribute-to-Attribute Connection - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Attribute-to-Attribute Connection - Settings window to change the
source or target of a connection.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Attribute

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the source and target connections and close the window.

 Select Reverse to switch the source and target parts of the connection.

 Select Delete to delete the connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23.1. Attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The attribute field shows the current source attribute and the current target
attribute for the attribute-to-attribute connection. The leftmost list box
indicates the attribute of the source part. The rightmost list box indicates
the attribute of the target part.

To update the connection, select a new source attribute or a new target
attribute from the attribute list. Then select OK.

To delete a connection, select Delete and the connection is deleted.

To switch the source and target parts of a connection, select Reverse. The
attribute value of the source part is used to set the value of the target when
it is initialized.

Only those attributes that are valid targets for the source appear in the
target list. If the source is a parameter, the target attribute must have a get
function. If the source attribute is not a parameter, the target attribute must
have a set function.

Reverse is disabled when the following conditions exist:

     The source attribute is a parameter. (Parameters must be the source.)
     The source attribute has no set function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 24. Event-to-Action Connection - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Event-to-Action Connection - Settings window to change the event or
action of an event-to-action connection.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Event
     Action

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the source and target connection features and close the
 window.

 Select Delete to delete the connection.

 Select Set parameters to specify parameter values that are constant.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 24.1. Event ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Event field shows the current event for the event-to-action connection.

To update the connection, select a new source event from the Event list, a new
target from the Action list, or both. Then select OK.

To delete a connection, select Delete and the connection is deleted.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 24.2. Action ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Action field shows the current action for the event-to-action connection.

To update the connection, select a new source event from the Event list, a new
target from the Action list, or both. Then select OK.

To delete a connection, select Delete and the connection is deleted.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 24.3. Set Parameters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When you select the Set parameters push button, the Constant Parameter Value
Settings window opens. Use this window to specify parameter values for the
connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 25. Constant Parameter Value Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In each parameter entry field, enter the constant value to be assigned to the
specified parameter at run time.

The fields provided in this window depend on the type and number of parameters
defined by the action or member function. Default values (if any) do not appear
in the settings fields but are inserted when the code is generated. Changing a
setting overrides any underlying default value.

If the phrase Data Type: ... (unknown) appears under a settings field, anything
you enter in the field is inserted as a parameter expression in the generated
code as you typed it.

For all other settings fields, enter a constant value or a statement preceded
by a number sign (#) that resolves to the correct data type. Examples are:

Terry Johnson

#IDynamicLinkLibrary("cppov33r").loadIcon(803)

#b+100


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26. Event-to-Member Function Connection - Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Event-to-Member Function Connection - Settings window to create a
connection that calls a member function whenever a specified event occurs.

Event-to-member function connections cause a member function to run whenever
the connected event occurs. For example, an event-to-member function connection
might connect the buttonClickEvent feature of a push button to a member
function that you want to run when a user clicks on the push button. The
function must be a member of the part you are editing, either by being
inherited from a base class or by being included in the user .hpv or .cpv
files.

Event-to-member function connections provide an easy way to incorporate
standard member functions into an application that you are building visually.
Use these instead of custom logic connections if you want to call the code
multiple times or if you want to pass parameters into the code.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Event name
     Member function signature

 Push buttons

 Select OK to update the source and target connection features and close the
 window.

 Select Delete to delete the connection.

 Select Set parameters to specify parameter values that are constant.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.1. Event Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Event name field lists the currently available events for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.2. Member Function Signature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the fields in Member function signature to specify the member function that
you want to connect the event to. To change the signature, enter a function
prototype into the field and press the Tab key.

Fields

     For class
     Access


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.2.1. For Class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can use the For class field to filter the list of member functions
displayed. This field initially contains the name of the class that you are
currently editing.

If you opened the browser data before displaying this window, you can see a
list of the classes that your part inherits from in the drop-down list box
below the field. Select one of those classes to display the member functions it
contains in the list box at the bottom of the window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 26.2.2. Access ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Access drop-down list box to specify the access level (public,
protected, or private) for the member function you want to connect.

You must open the browser data to see a list of member functions. If you do not
want to open browser data, you can type a member function signature in the
entry field provided.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Module Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Module name field, enter the name of the dynamic link library (.dll)
where the graphic resources are stored. You can use this DLL to store both
bitmap and icon resources.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the ID field, enter an integer that identifies the label graphic in the
resource file (.dll) you specified in Module name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Shading ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

From the Shading field, select the intensity of shading that you want for the
part:

 Light          Specify light shading.
 Normal         Specify medium or normal shading, which is the default.
 Dark           Specify dark or heavy shading.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Type of Graphic ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

From the Type of graphic box, select the type of graphic you want to display
for the part:

 Icon           An icon graphic (the default).

 Bitmap         A bitmap graphic.

 None           A folder with no text is displayed for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27. Add Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add Part window to retrieve a part and drop it on the free-form
surface. You can use this window to add parts that do not already appear on the
parts palette or when the parts palette is not in view.

To use this window, you need to know the name of the class that identifies the
part. For example, you can create a part that you want to use once or twice
without having to add it to the palette. However, you cannot add a part inside
itself.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Part class
     Name
     Add as

 Push buttons

 Select Add to add the part or variable to the free-form surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.1. Part Class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Part class field, enter the name of the C++ class. The name of the part
class is the one you gave it when you created it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.2. Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Name field, enter the text you want to use to describe the part you are
dropping onto the free-form surface in the Composition Editor. This text will
appear under the icon for the part on the free-form surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 27.3. Add As ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can add a part as a part or as a variable. When you add a part as a part,
the default constructor for the class is used when the application runs. This
means that a real object is created, not a variable that points to a real
object that has been defined elsewhere.

From Add as, select one of the following types of parts you want to add:

 Part
   To add a visual part or a part

 Variable
   To add a class to represent a part, using the variable part


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28. Part - New ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Part - New window to create a new part.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Class name
     Description
     File name
     Part type
     Base class

 Push buttons

 Select Open to add the part to the free-form surface in the Composition
 Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.1. Class Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Class name to specify the class name of the part you want to create.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Description to provide a description for the part you want to create. The
description you enter appears in the information area, as well as being a
comment in the .vbe file for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.3. File Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use File name to specify the name of the part file in which you want Visual
Builder to save data for this part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.4. Part Type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Part type to specify the type of part that you want to create.

Select one of the following types of parts:

 Class interface part
   Creates a new C++ class interface

 Visual part
   Creates a new visual C++ part

 Nonvisual part
   Creates a new nonvisual C++ part


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.5. Base Class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Base class to specify the name of the base class for the part you are
creating.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.5.1. Class Interface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Class interface to create a C++ class interface part. Specify this to
work with classes that do not inherit from IStandardNotifier in Visual Builder.
As an alternative, you can write and import part information.

Because a class interface part does not inherit from IStandardNotifier, it
cannot signal events.

The default name for the part file is partname.vbb. To change this, enter a new
name in the File name field in the Part - New window when you create the part.

By default, Visual Builder shortens the name of the part file as necessary to
match FAT file-naming conventions. To change this, deselect Options  Default to
FAT file names in the Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.5.2. Visual Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Visual part to create a new visual C++ part. The new part is derived
from the base class that you specify.

Limitations

     Visual Builder supports only single inheritance.
     Visual parts must inherit directly or indirectly from IWindow.
     You cannot change a part's base class after the part is created.

 The default name for the part file is partname.vbb. To change this, enter a
 new name in the File name field in the Part - New window when you create the
 part.

 By default, Visual Builder shortens the name of the part file as necessary to
 match FAT file-naming conventions. To change this, deselect Options Default to
 FAT file names in the Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 28.5.3. Nonvisual Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Nonvisual part to create a new nonvisual C++ part. The new part is
derived from the base class that you specify.

Limitations

     Visual Builder supports only single inheritance.
     Nonvisual parts must inherit directly or indirectly from
      IStandardNotifier.
     You cannot change a part's base class after the part is created.

 The default name for the part file is partname.vbb. To change this, enter a
 new name in File name field in the Part - New window when you create the part.

 By default, Visual Builder shortens the name of the part file as necessary to
 match FAT file-naming conventions. To change this, deselect Options Default to
 FAT file names in the Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 29. Add New Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add New Category window to add a new category to the parts palette. A
category provides a visual grouping to which you can add your own parts.
Typically, categories consist of parts that have similar behavior or are
specialized, which you can use to assemble a particular application.

Parts can be in more than one category.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Category name
     Graphic

 Push buttons

 Select OK to add the category to the parts palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 29.1. Category Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Category name field, enter the text for the name of the category. When
you select your new category on the parts palette, Visual Builder displays this
text in the information area.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 29.2. Graphic ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the fields in Graphic to specify the graphic resource you want to use to
identify the category on the parts palette.

     Module name
     ID
     Shading
     Type of graphic

 Note:  When you change the Module name and ID fields, you are indicating what
        icon or bitmap you want to use that represents your category. Refer to
        the Visual Builder User's Guide for more information about creating
        icons.

 To learn more about how to create an icon, refer to the documentation
 available for the icon editor you use. For more detailed information on how to
 create a resource DLL, refer to the documentation available for the language
 compiler you use.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30. Connection Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Connection window to select the attributes, actions, and events that
you want to use as the source (the part you are connecting from) or target (the
part you are connecting to) of your connection.

You can also make connections from the parts of your view to classes that you
have created. Once you have selected the attribute, action, or event that you
want to connect from (the source), select the free-form surface, and then
select More.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Action
     Attribute
     Event

 If the target of your connection is a class, the following fields also appear:

     For class
     Access

 Push buttons

 Select OK to use the selected action, attribute, or event and continue.

 If you are making a connection to a class, you can select More to specify
 additional situations that cause the attribute to be updated.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.1. Action ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

From the Action list, select the action you want to use. The list of actions
available depends on the part you selected.

The act of changing or setting the value of an attribute can be considered an
action, so attribute names might also appear in this list.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.2. Attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

From the Attribute list, select the attribute you want to use. The list of
attributes available depends on the part you selected. Because each attribute
that is changed signals an event with the same name, attribute names appear to
be repeated in the Event list. However, Visual Builder distinguishes between an
attribute and its corresponding event.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 30.3. Event ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

From the Event list, select the event you want to use. The list of events
available depends on the part you selected. Because each attribute change
signals an event with the same name, attribute names appear to be repeated in
the Event list. However, Visual Builder distinguishes between an attribute and
its corresponding event.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 31. Reorder Connections ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Reorder Connections window to change the sequence in which connections
from the part are run.

If you make several connections from the same event or attribute of a part, the
connections for the event or attribute run in the order in which you made the
connections.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Actions

 Within the pane of the window, use mouse button 2 to drag the items in the
 list and change the order of the listed connections.

 To close the window, double-click on the System menu icon. The order of the
 connections is saved when you close the window.               tab tag support
 *


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 32. Set tabbing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Set tabbing to specify the tabbing order for parts that support tabbing.
The tabbing order determines the sequence in which parts receive focus when the
user presses the Tab, backtab, or cursor movement keys.

Menu summary

     Tab stop
     Group


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 32.1. General Advice for Tabbing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Tabbing is not always applicable for every part. For example, you do not want
users to tab to a static text part.

Note:  All parts within a parent part that have only Group selected are treated
       as a single tabbing unit. When the user tabs within the parent part,
       input focus moves among all parts within the group. When the user uses
       the keyboard arrow keys, the input focus moves between all parts within
       the group, regardless of which parts have Tab stop selected.

 Typically, you should set the tabbing order as follows:

     The position of the parts in the tabbing order should be the same as the
      order in which they are displayed in the window from left to right and
      then top to bottom.

     Select Group and Tab stop for all parts that are not in groups, such as
      text and list parts.

     Put each group of related parts, such as radio buttons and push buttons,
      into an outline or group box part.

      If only one group of related parts within a window part (such as push
      buttons) exists, you do not need to put them within an outline box or a
      group box part. Instead, select only Tab stop for these parts.

     Do not select Group or Tab stop for parts that do not receive input
      focus, such as text parts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 32.1.1. Tab stop ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Tab stop to set tabbing for the selected part. If tabbing is already set
on, a check mark appears next to the Tab stop menu item. To set tabbing off,
click Tab stop again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 32.1.2. Group ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Group to add the selected part to a tabbing group. If the part has
already been added to a tabbing group, a check mark appears next to the Group
menu item. To remove the part from the tabbing group, click Group again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 33. View Parts List ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use View parts list to display a list of the parts dropped on the selected
part. When first opened, the Parts List window displays only immediate subparts
of the selected part. An expansion icon appears next to each part that contains
subparts of its own. To see those parts, select the expansion icon.

At first, parts are listed in the order in which they were dropped. If you have
tabbing set and rearrange the tabbing order, Visual Builder rearranges the list
to reflect the changes.

Within the Parts List window, you can perform the following actions on selected
parts through the window's contextual menu:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Change name
     Delete

 If more than one part is selected, Change name does not appear.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 34. Set Grid Spacing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Set Grid Spacing window to specify the distance in pels between the
lines on a grid. The grid can help you to align parts precisely when you place
them on the free-form surface.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Increments

 Push buttons

 Select OK to accept the changes and close the window. Select Apply to apply
 the changes and leave the window open to make further changes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 34.1. Increments ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the fields in Increments to specify the horizontal and vertical distances
between the lines of a grid.

     Horizontal
     Vertical


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 34.1.1. Horizontal ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Horizontal field, enter in pels the horizontal distance you want between
the vertical lines of the grid.

If you enter a value with a decimal fraction, Visual Builder rounds the value
to the nearest whole number.

The default value for horizontal grid spacing is the width of the system font.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 34.1.2. Vertical ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Vertical field, enter in pels the vertical distance between the
horizontal lines of the grid.

If you enter a value with a decimal fraction, Visual Builder rounds the value
to the nearest whole number.

The default value for vertical grid spacing is the height of the system font.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 35. Add to Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Add to Palette window to add a part to the parts palette.

When you add a part, the entire visual part, nonvisual part, or class interface
is represented with a part symbol in the category you select. When you
originally created the part, you specified its name in the Part name field. The
name you specified is what appears on the parts palette.

Once you have added parts to the palette, you can place these parts on the
free-form surface in the same way you place parts that Visual Builder provides.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Part class
     Category

 Push buttons

 Select Add to add the part to the category that you select on the parts
 palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 35.1. Part Class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The name you specified when you created the visual part or nonvisual part
appears in the Part class field.

If you opened the Add to Palette window by selecting Add to palette from the
File pull-down menu, the name for the part you are currently working on appears
in the Part name field.

If you opened the Add to Palette window by selecting Modify paletteAdd new part
from the Options pull-down menu, enter the name of the part class that you want
to create in the Part name field. This is the same name as the name of the part
class that you specified when you originally created the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 35.2. Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Category fields shows the available part category to which you can add your
part. You can add the same part to more than one category. The categories
appear in the same order as they appear on the parts palette. The default
selection is the currently selected category on the parts palette.

If you want to create a new category for your part, first select Modify the
parts paletteAdd new category from the Options pull-down menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 36. Add New Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Add new part to add a new part to the parts palette. The Add to Palette
window opens.

When you add a new part, the entire visual part, nonvisual part, or class
interface part is represented with a part symbol in the category you select.
When you originally created the part, you specified its name in the Part name
field. The name you specified is what appears on the parts palette.

Once you have added parts to the palette, you can place these parts on the
free-form surface in the same way you place parts that Visual Builder provides.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 37. Add to Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select the Add to Palette window to add a part to the parts palette.

When you add a part, the entire visual part, nonvisual part, or class interface
is represented with a part symbol in the category you select. When you
originally created the part, you specified its name in the Part name field. The
name you specified is what appears on the parts palette.

Once you have added parts to the palette, you can place these parts on the
free-form surface in the same way you place parts that Visual Builder provides.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Parts
     Category

 Push buttons

 Select Add to add the part to the category you select on the parts palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 37.1. Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Parts field lists the parts selected from the Visual Builder window for
addition to the parts palette. If you decide not to add a part that is already
selected, deselect the name of the part in the Parts field.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 37.2. Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Category field lists the available categories to which your part can be
added. You can add the same part to more than one category. The categories
appear in the same order as on the parts palette. The default selection is the
currently selected category on the parts palette.

If you want to create a new category for your part, first select OptionsModify
paletteAdd new category from the Composition Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38. Promote Part Feature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Promote Features window to select the actions, attributes, and events
that you want to add to the interface of the part you are currently editing.
This places the features into the Preferred features list on the Preferred page
of the Part Interface Editor.

Tasks for this window

     General tasks for Visual Builder

 Fields

     Action
     Attribute
     Event
     Promote feature name
     Previously promoted

 Push buttons

     Promote
     Remove


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.1. Promote Feature Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Promote feature name field, enter the name that you want the attribute,
action, or event to have when added to the part interface. When you select a
feature from one of the lists, Visual Builder puts a default name in this field
for you.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.2. Previously Promoted ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The Previously promoted list shows the attributes, actions, and events that
have already been promoted from this part to the part interface of the view you
are currently defining.

Use this list to remove the features from the part interface. To do this,
select a previously promoted feature from the list and then select Remove.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.3. Promote ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Promote to add the attribute, action, or event to the part interface.
The name you specified for the feature will appear in the Preferred features
list on the Preferred page of the Part Interface Editor for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 38.4. Remove ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Remove to delete the attribute, action, or event from the part
interface. You must first select the feature from the Previously promoted list.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39. Custom Logic Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Custom Logic Connection window to connect customized code to events and
attributes.

A custom logic connection lets you create your own type of connection. You have
access to the source object, target object, and the event data (if any) passed
on the source event. No action is taken on the target object unless you specify
so in the custom logic. The data returned from your custom logic is available
to other parts through the connection's actionResult attribute.

During generation, Visual Builder attaches your custom logic to the connection
class instance. It is not available to any other connection or part. To reuse
your code, attach it to the part using an event-to-member function connection
instead.

Fields

     Description
     Event name
     Return type
     Custom logic

 Push buttons

     Add (or Update)
     Source
     Target
     Event


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.1. Custom Logic ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the Custom logic field to enter the customized code you want connected to
this event. When code is generated for the part, this code is added as a member
of the connection class instance. To get a list of member functions that can be
called for a part, browse part features for the part.

In your code, you can refer to the connection's source part, target part, or
event by selecting the appropriate push button. If you want to make a value
available to the rest of your application, end your custom logic with a return
statement and update the Return type field.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.2. Add (or Update) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add (or Update) to add the connection to (or update it in) the list.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.3. Source ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Source to paste a reference to the source object pointer into the
insertion point of the multiline edit (MLE) field.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.4. Target ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Target to paste a reference to the target object pointer into the
insertion point of the multiline edit (MLE) field.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 39.5. Event ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Event to paste a reference to the source event pointer into the
insertion point of the multiline edit (MLE) field. The event is an instance of
INotifificationEvent.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40. Menu-Bar Choices ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following menu-bar choices are available within Visual Builder:

     File - Visual Builder window
     File - all editors
     Part - Visual Builder window
     Edit - Visual Builder window
     File - Composition Editor
     File - Class Editor and Part Interface Editor
     View - all editors
     Options - Visual Builder window
     Options - Composition Editor
     Tools - Composition Editor


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1. File - All Editors ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select File to save changes made in the current window, generate code for
parts, browse data, add a part to the parts palette, or exit the window.

Menu summary

     Save
     Save as
     Save and generate
     Browser
     Add to palette
     Exit


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.1. Save ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Save to save the part in the specified .vbb file. Visual Builder saves
the data for the part in the file name that you specified when you created the
part.

For more information about creating a part refer to the Visual Builder User's
Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.2. Save As ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Save as to enter a new name for the part you are editing. Enter the new
name for the part in the Information Required window; then select OK.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.3. Save and Generate ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Save and generate to save any changes you made to the part and to
generate C++ code. You must generate code before you can compile your
application. Visual Builder saves the generated code in the files listed in the
Code generation files group for the part, replacing the existing code.

Menu summary

     Part source
     main() for part
     Feature source


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.4. Generate ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Generate to save any changes you made to the current part and generate
C++ code for the part. You must generate code before you can compile your
application.

Visual Builder generates C++ code to Code generation files for the part,
replacing the existing code.

Menu summary

     Part source
     main() for part


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.4.1. Part Source ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Part source to generate C++ source code for the selected parts. Before
you can compile these generated files, you must also generate a main()
function.

Visual Builder uses the name of your part to name the files it generates.
Following are the default file names for the part source files that Visual
Builder generates:

 partname.cpp
      C++ code for your part.

 partname.hpp
      C++ header file for your .cpp file.

 partname.h
      Resource header file for your .cpp file. This file contains the resource
      IDs for your part.

 partname.htm
      An HTML documentation file, if you opted to have Visual Builder generate
      one.

 partname.rci
      Resource imbed file that contains any text strings used in the part.

 These are stored in the current working directory.

 Use the Class Editor to change the file names. You can also use the Class
 Editor to specify the names of the files that Visual Builder must include to
 correctly compile the code.

 By default, Visual Builder constructs a file name to match FAT file-naming
 conventions. If the part name is too long for a FAT file system, Visual
 Builder shortens the name to fit.

 To change the file system default, deselect OptionsDefault to FAT file names
 in the Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.4.2. Main() for Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select main()for part to generate C++ source code for your application's main()
function.

Visual Builder generates the following files:

 partname.app
   C++ code file that contains the main() function. If you started Visual
   Builder from a WorkFrame project, a file named vbmain.cpp is generated
   instead of this file.

 partname.mak
   Make file, if you opted to have Visual Builder generate one. You must first
   select OptionsGenerate make files in the Visual Builder window for this file
   to be generated.

 partname.rcx
   Main resource file. It includes a resource file (.rci) for each part that
   you generated part source for.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.4.3. Feature Source ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Feature source to generate C++ code for a particular feature. You can
generate code for all features or select particular features from the list of
member functions, attributes, and events.

Before generating your application, you must first specify the User .hpv file
and User .cpv file, which are the file names Visual Builder uses to generate
feature code in the Class Editor. Once you do this, Visual Builder adds the
feature code to the header and code files.

For complete information about generating default source code, refer to the
Visual Builder User's Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.5. Browser ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Browser to access a list of all member function names for the part that
you are editing, as well as a list of the classes that your part inherits from.

You can browse get and set member functions on the Attributes page and action
member functions on the Actions page for your part. You can also browse
inherited classes when you make event-to-member function or attribute-to-member
function connections in the Start connection from window.

To open and load the browser, Visual Builder uses code that has already been
compiled from a part data browser (.pdb) file.

If no .pdb file exists for the part, an error message appears and Visual
Builder uses the QuickBrowse browser instead.

Menu summary

     Open browser data
     Refresh browser data
     Close browser data
     QuickBrowse


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.5.1. Open Browser Data ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Open browser data to browse the member functions for the part that you
are editing.

You can browse the get and set member functions on the Attributes page in the
Part Interface Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.5.2. Refresh Browser Data ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Refresh browser data to refresh the list of get and set member functions
on the Attributes page in the Part Interface Editor for the part that you are
editing.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.5.3. Close Browser Data ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Close browser data to remove the list of get and set member functions on
the Attributes page in the Part Interface Editor for the part that you are
editing.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.5.4. QuickBrowse ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select QuickBrowse to browse the member functions for the part that you are
editing in the Part Interface Editor, as well as a list of the classes that
your part inherits from.

You can use the QuickBrowse browser if you want to browse one or more specific
member functions before compiling your application.

To use QuickBrowse, start Visual Builder from a WorkFrame project, and select
the part you want to browse.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.6. Add to Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add to palette to add the part you are currently editing to the parts
palette.

When you select Add to palette, the Add to Palette window opens. Select the
category that you want to add the part to and then select OK.

For more information about other ways to modify the parts palette, refer to the
Visual Builder User's Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.7. Exit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Exit to close the editor window.

If you have not yet saved your part since making changes, select Yes when
Visual Builder prompts you.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.8. Import Part Information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Import part information to import .vbe files into Visual Builder.

If you have C++ classes you want to use as parts, you can create a .vbe file
that describes the part interfaces and import these descriptions into Visual
Builder. Once you have imported these parts, you can work with them in the
Composition Editor, Class Editor, or Part Interface Editor.

To import part information, follow these steps:

   1. Select Import part information from the File menu choice or from the
      pop-up menu for the Loaded part files pane. The Import Part Information
      window opens.

   2. From the list in this window, select one or more files that contain the
      part information you want to import.

   3. Select OK to confirm.

 For more information about the format for part information files, refer to
 Building Visual Builder Parts for Fun and Profit.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.1.9. Export Interface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Export interface to write information about a part's interface to a .vbe
file. This enables you to share part information with other application
developers.

To export part information, follow these steps:

   1. Select Export interface from the Part menu choice or from the pop-up menu
      for the Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane. The Part - Export Interface
      window opens.

   2. From the list in this window, select one or more files that contain the
      part information you want to export.

   3. Select OK to confirm.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.2. Edit - Composition Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Edit to work with text in the clipboard or to undo or redo changes to
the parts on the free-form surface.

Menu summary

     Undo
     Redo
     Undo/Redo list
     Cut
     Copy
     Paste


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.2.1. Undo ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Undo to reverse the effect of the last action Visual Builder applied to
the selected part, returning it to its previous state.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.2.2. Redo ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Redo to reverse the effect of the last Undo action.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.2.3. Undo/Redo List ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Undo/Redo list to display a history of the actions Visual Builder
applied to a part.

From the list, select the changes you want to undo or redo, and then select
Undo or Redo.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.2.4. Cut ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Cut to remove one or more selected parts from the free-form surface and
place them into the clipboard. When you cut two or more parts, they retain
their positions relative to each other.

When you cut and paste parts, Visual Builder preserves their part names.
However, Visual Builder does not preserve any connections to and from the cut
parts, and you cannot copy connections to the clipboard.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.2.5. Copy ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Copy to place a copy of one or more selected parts from the free-form
surface into the clipboard. When you copy two or more parts, they retain their
positions relative to each other.

When you copy and paste parts, Visual Builder gives the parts new names.
However, Visual Builder does not preserve any connections to and from the
copied parts, and you cannot copy connections to the clipboard.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.2.6. Paste ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Paste to place a copy of one or more parts in the clipboard to a
location you select on the free-form surface.

When you select Paste, Visual Builder loads the mouse pointer with the contents
of the clipboard. When the pointer changes to a crosshair, you can place parts
from the clipboard on the free-form surface. By clicking mouse button 1, you
are choosing the position of the upper-left corner of the bounding box of the
parts that are in the clipboard. (The bounding box is an imaginary box, the
borders of which form the smallest area that fully contains the parts.)

When you paste parts that you previously cut, Visual Builder preserves the part
names.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.3. Edit - Class Editor and Part Interface Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Edit to undo or redo changes you made to parts you have placed on the
free-form surface.

Menu summary

     Undo
     Redo
     Undo/Redo list


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.4. View - All Editors ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select View to switch to another editor when working with a part.

Menu summary

 Composition Editor Displays the Composition Editor for the part you are
      working with. Use the Composition Editor to build your application, lay
      out the visual parts that make up your windows, choose the parts that
      perform the logic you need, and make connections between the parts.

 Class Editor Displays the Class Editor for the part you are working with. Use
      the Class Editor to specify the names of files that Visual Builder writes
      to when you generate default code. You can also use this editor to
      specify:

          The .vbb file that contains the part you are editing
          The name of the base class for your part
          Other files that you want to include when you build your application

 Part Interface Editor Displays the Part Interface Editor for the part you are
      working with. Use the Part Interface Editor to define the interface of
      parts for other programmers to use. You can use the Part Interface Editor
      to define the features (attributes, actions, and events) for your parts,
      along with a list of preferred features for the pop-up connections menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.5. File - Visual Builder Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select File to load or unload parts that are located in part files, to import
part information to create parts from your C++ classes, or to exit Visual
Builder.

Menu summary

     Load
     Unload
     Import part information
     Exit


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.5.1. Load ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Load to load part files (.vbb) into the Loaded part files pane. (Parts
you create using Visual Builder are stored in part files when you save them.)

To load part files, follow these steps:

   1. Select Load from the File menu choice or from the pop-up menu for the
      Loaded part files pane. The File - Load window opens.

   2. Select one or more available part files.

   3. Select OK to confirm.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.5.2. Unload ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Unload to unload part files you no longer need to work with. Unloading
files when you do not need them frees up resources and improves performance.

To unload part files, follow these steps:

   1. Select from the Loaded part files pane one or more files that you want to
      unload.

   2. Select Unload from the File menu choice or from the pop-up menu for the
      Loaded part files pane. The File - Unload window opens, and a list of the
      files you selected appears.

   3. Select Unload to confirm.

 You can unload any file except vbbase.vbb, which is the file that contains the
 parts shipped with Visual Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.5.3. Exit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Exit to close Visual Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.6. Part - Visual Builder Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Part to create or work with parts.

Menu summary

     New
     Open
     Copy
     Move
     Rename
     Delete
     Generate
     Export interface
     Add to palette


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.6.1. New ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select New to create a new part. The Part - New window opens.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.6.2. Open ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Open to work with a part.

If you select a visual part, the Composition Editor opens. If you select a
nonvisual part, the Part Interface Editor opens.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.6.3. Copy ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Copy to copy a part.

To copy a part, follow these steps:

   1. Select a part from the Visual parts pane.

   2. Select Copy from the Part menu choice or from the pop-up menu for the
      Visual parts pane. The Part - Copy window opens.

   3. Enter a new name for the part in the Target part name field.

   4. Enter in the Target file name field the name of the part file where you
      want to store the information for the part.

   5. Select Copy.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.6.4. Move ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Move to change which part file contains information about an existing
part.

To move a part, follow these steps:

   1. Select a part from the Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane.

   2. Select Move from the Part menu choice or from the pop-up menu for the
      Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane. The Part - Move window opens.

   3. Enter the new path and file name in the New file name field.

   4. Select Move.

 You must save the old and new files to permanently update the contents of
 both.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.6.5. Rename ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Rename to rename an existing part.

To rename a part, follow these steps:

   1. Select a part from the Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane.

   2. Select Rename from the Part menu choice or from the pop-up menu for the
      Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane. The Part - Rename window opens.

   3. Enter the new name in the New part name field.

   4. Select Rename.

 If the current part name does not indicate a pointer type, the Rename push
 button is disabled. To enable the push button, add an asterisk (*) to the part
 name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.6.6. Delete ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Delete to delete a part from the part file.

To delete one or more parts, follow these steps:

   1. From the Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane, select one or more parts
      that you want to delete.

   2. Select Delete from the Part menu choice or from the pop-up menu for the
      Visual parts or Nonvisual parts pane. The Part - Delete window opens, and
      a list of the parts you selected appears.

   3. Select Delete to confirm.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.6.7. Add to Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add to palette to add the selected parts to the parts palette.

When you select Add to palette, the Add to Palette window opens. Select the
category that you want to add the parts to and then select OK.

For more information about other ways to modify the parts palette, refer to the
Visual Builder User's Guide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.7. Edit - Visual Builder Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Edit to work with panes in the Visual Builder window.

Menu summary

     Select all files
     Select all parts
     Deselect all files
     Deselect all parts
     Refresh


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.7.1. Select All Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Select all files to select all files listed in the Loaded part files pane.
This action automatically updates the data listed in the Visual parts and
Nonvisual parts panes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.7.2. Select All Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Select all parts to select all parts listed in the Visual parts and
Nonvisual parts panes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.7.3. Deselect All Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Deselect all files to deselect all files listed in the Loaded part files
pane. This action automatically updates the data listed in the Visual parts and
Nonvisual parts panes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.7.4. Deselect All Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Deselect all parts to deselect all parts listed in the Visual parts and
Nonvisual parts panes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.8. Options - Visual Builder Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Options to display information about a part, to refresh the display, or
to set preferences for Visual Builder.

Menu summary

     Information area
     Show base files
     Show full file names
     Show type list
     Default to FAT file names
     Generate make files
     Set working directory

 If you started Visual Builder from a project, Set working directory does not
 appear.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.8.1. Information Area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Information area to specify which information about a part appears in
the information area.

Menu summary

     Show base class
     Show description
     Show file name


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.8.1.1. Show Base Class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show base class to see the base class of the selected part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.8.1.2. Show Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show description to see a description of the selected part, if the
description exists.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.8.1.3. Show File Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show file name to see the name of the part file (.vbb) containing
information about the selected part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.8.2. Show Base Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show base files to display loaded base part files (.vbb) in the Loaded
part files pane. These base files could be any or all of the following:

     vbbase.vbb
     vbmm.vbb

 If you deselect this option, loaded base part files do not appear in the
 Loaded part files pane.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.8.3. Show Full File Names ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show full file names to display the full path and file specification for
the files listed in the Loaded part files pane.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.8.4. Show Type List ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show type list to display information about the types (enumerations and
typedefs) defined in the selected part file. If no part file is selected or if
the selected part file has no types defined, this list is empty.

Once a type list is displayed, you can do the following:

     Delete types
     Move types to another part file
     Export type definitions into part information files


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.8.5. Default to FAT File Names ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Default to FAT file names to have Visual Builder shorten file names if
necessary so that they conform to FAT file-naming conventions. If you select
this choice, however, unexpected file name conflicts can occur. For example, if
a new name matches an existing file name for another part, you could lose data
for the previously existing part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.8.6. Generate Make Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Generate make files to generate a make file when Visual Builder
generates the main() procedure for your application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.8.7. Set Working Directory ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Set working directory to set the name of the current working directory
where Visual Builder stores files you have saved. This item does not appear if
you started Visual Builder from a project.

To set the working directory, follow these steps:

   1. Select Set working directory from the Options menu choice. The Set
      Working Directory window opens.

   2. Enter the name of the new directory, and then select OK to confirm.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.8.8. Refresh ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Refresh to update the data displayed in the Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.9. Options - Composition Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Options to do the following:

     Customize certain functions in the Composition Editor
     Work with the parts palette
     Add parts and variables

 Menu summary

 Show tool bar
   Toggles to display or hide the tool bar.

 Show palette
   Toggles to display or hide the parts palette.

 Snap on drop
   Aligns a part to the grid when you place it on the free-form surface.

 Snap on size
   Aligns a part to the grid when you size it.

 Modify palette
   Changes the parts palette.

 Add part
   Adds a part to the parts palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.9.1. Show Tool Bar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show tool bar to toggle the display of the tool bar.

When in view, the tool bar appears as a row of graphical selections above the
free-form surface and below the menu bar.

Show tool bar toggles the setting as follows:

     If the tool bar is currently not displayed and you select Show tool bar,
      the tool bar appears and a check mark appears next to the menu choice.

     If the tool bar is in view and you select Show tool bar, the tool bar
      disappears and the check mark is removed from Show tool bar. Removing the
      tool bar expands the free-form surface and gives you more room to work.

 The tool bar provides you convenient access to all functions provided in the
 Tools pull-down menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.9.2. Show Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Show palette to indicate whether you want the parts palette displayed.

Show palette toggles the setting as follows:

     If the parts palette is not in view and you select this choice, the parts
      palette appears and a check mark appears next to Show palette.

     If the parts palette is in view and you select Show palette, the parts
      palette disappears and the check mark is removed from Show palette.
      Removing the parts palette expands the free-form surface and gives you
      more room to work.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.9.3. Snap on Drop ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Snap on drop to indicate whether you want to align a part to the grid as
you place it on the free-form surface. Snapping to the grid helps to keep parts
aligned correctly.

Selecting Snap on drop toggles the setting as follows:

     When Snap on drop is in effect, a check mark (check mark) appears next to
      it. Visual Builder aligns parts to the grid when you place them on the
      free-form surface. A dropped part is placed so that its upper-left corner
      aligns to the nearest grid intersection.

     When Snap on drop is not in effect, the check mark is removed from it.
      Visual Builder leaves parts where they are dropped.

 You do not need to display the grid for Snap on drop to work.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.9.4. Snap on Size ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Snap on size to indicate whether you want to align the edges of a part
to the grid as you size it. Sizing to the grid helps keep part dimensions in
exact and easily countable increments.

Selecting Snap on size toggles the setting as follows:

     When Snap on size is in effect, a check mark (check mark) appears next to
      it. Visual Builder aligns the edges of parts as you size them by dragging
      the selection handle (Γûá). The edge marked by the selection handle snaps
      from one grid intersection to another as you size a part with it.

     When Snap on size is not in effect, the check mark is removed from it.
      Visual Builder leaves parts exactly as they are sized.

 You do not need to display the grid for Snap on size to work.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.9.5. Modify Palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Modify palette to add and delete categories and parts from the parts
palette.

Menu summary

 Add new category
   Adds a category to the parts palette.

 Remove category
   Removes the selected category from the parts palette.

 Add new part
   Adds a part to the parts palette.

 Remove part
   Removes the selected part from the parts palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.9.5.1. Remove Category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Remove category to remove the currently selected category.

Attention:  When you remove a category from the parts palette, all parts
            associated with that category are also removed from the parts
            palette.

 The .vbb files that are associated with deleted parts remain in Visual
 Builder. You can add one of the new parts to another category using Add new
 part and specifying the name of a class associated with the deleted part.

 Note:  You can add a new empty category with the name of the category you
        deleted by selecting Add new category. You can then add parts to this
        category using Add new part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.9.5.2. Remove Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Remove part to delete the part currently selected on the parts palette.

To do this, select the part and then select OptionsModify paletteRemove part.

The .vbb file associated with a deleted part remains in Visual Builder. You can
add the part to another category using Add new part and specifying the name of
the .vbb file associated with the deleted part.

Even if you delete all parts in a category, the category remains on the parts
palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.9.6. Add Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Add part to add a part to your application.

The Add Part window prompts you for the name, part class, and part type of the
part class you want to add.

Consider using this option when one of the following conditions exist:

     The part you want to add is not on the parts palette
     The parts palette is not in view

 You need to know the name, part name, and part type of the part if you want to
 use this choice.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 40.10. Tools - Composition Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Tools to help build the user interface of your application. Visual
Builder has such tools as Show connections, Hide connections, and Toggle grid
that let you determine how the free-form surface looks as you build your
application. They also help you manage the visual appearance of your
application parts and accurately place them on the free-form surface.

You can access some or all of these tools in the following ways:

     From the tool bar, which is just below the menu bar in the Composition
      Editor
     From the Tools menu in the Composition Editor
     From the pop-up menus for parts you place on the free-form surface


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Using the Help Pull-Down Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Help to get help information.

Menu summary

 Help index
  Provides an alphabetical list of help topics you can select. You can use the
  search facility to locate specific help in the index.

 General help
  Provides information about the active window.

 Using Help
  Provides information about how to use the help facility.

 Keys help
  Provides information about keyboard shortcuts that you can use in Visual
  Builder for windows, actions within windows, and for helps.

 How do I?
  Provides a list of quick-path instructions for using Visual Builder.

 Product information
  Provides version and copyright information about Visual Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Using Help ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

While you are working with Visual Builder, help is always available. F1 is the
key you use to request help.

You can press F1 or select the Help push button (when it is available) to get
information on the active window.

Within a help panel, certain words or phrases appear in a different color than
the rest of the text. These words or phrases are hypertext links to other
information. The first hypertext link on each help panel appears in reverse
video. You can use the Tab key to move through all of the available links on a
help panel. Double-click on the words or phrases that appear in the different
color to go to that additional information. You can also use the Tab key to
move to the word or phrase and then press Enter.

Press Esc to return to the previous help window. If there is no previous help
window, Esc returns you to the active product window.

Note:  Alt+F4 also closes the help window.

 The Visual Builder help system includes the following types of help:

 General help
      Provides an overview of a window and contains hypertext links to the
      field helps associated with that window for which you requested help.

 Field help
      Provides help on specific objects or windows you can use within Visual
      Builder, such as an entry field.

 For specific information about the tasks you can perform using Visual Builder
 to build applications, refer to Visual Builder User's Guide.

 The following navigational aids help you find information within the help
 system:

     Help index, which is available from one of the following:

        -  The Help pull-down menu in Visual Builder
        -  The Index push button, located at the bottom of the Visual Builder
           Help window

     Table of contents, which is available in the Visual Builder Help window
      as the Contents choice from the Options pull-down menu

     Search facility, which is available using the Search push button on a
      help panel

 The following sections provide additional information about using the Visual
 Builder help system:

     Printing help panels
     Searching the help system


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Printing Help Panels ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

There are two ways you can print the help panels within the Visual Builder help
system:

     On the Visual Builder Help window, select ServicesPrint. On the Print
      window, select This section and then select Print.

      The output goes to wherever you have line printer 1 (LPT1) defined.

     On the Visual Builder Help window, select ServicesCopy to file.

      This places the help panel text into a file called TEXT.TMP that exists
      in the current directory of the current drive. If you want to add more
      helps to this one file, you can now select Append to file and create one
      file that contains the information you want to print. You can then print
      this file using your normal print capabilities.

 Note:  You must have the appropriate printer driver installed for the printer.
        In OS/2, a printer icon must also exist on the desktop.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Searching the Help System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can select the Search push button at the bottom of the Visual Builder Help
window to bring up the search facility for the help system. You can either
search on the entire help system (All sections) or you can search on the index.

Search on All sections when you know exactly what you are looking for. Search
on Index when you have a more general topic you are looking for.

Searching the entire help system

When searching the help system, which means all text within the help system,
you are searching for exact matches of a single word or a single phrase in the
text. You can include global file characters (wildcards) in your search string.

   1. Select the Search push button, or select ServicesSearch.

   2. In the Search for field on the Search window, enter the word or phrase
      you are looking for.

   3. Select All sections from the group of radio buttons.

      Note:  People often forget this step when using the search facility. The
             default radio button changes depending on what you used before and
             what you currently are using in the help system.

   4. Select Search.

      A search list window displays all of the helps that contain the word or
      search string you specified.

 To easily scan the helps that the search discovered, maximize the window that
 displays the search results.

 Searching on the help index

 When searching on the index, you are searching on a single word or a single
 phrase that appears in an index entry itself, or a synonym or keyword
 associated with an index entry. For example, if you search on filter, you see
 index entries (and help panels) that do not contain filter, but do contain
 information related to filter.

 Do the following:

   1. In the Search for field in the Search window, enter the word you are
      looking for.

   2. Select Index from the group of radio buttons.

   3. Select Search.

 All index entries containing the word you specified are listed in the search
 results list, as well as entries associated with the word you specified.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can use keys in the following ways while you are using this product:

 Window keys          Navigate within and among windows.

 Accelerator keys     Speed up certain actions in product windows.

 Help keys            Display help information.

 When a plus sign (+) joins two key names, use them together. Hold down the
 first key and press the second key.

 Mnemonics (single underlined characters) are available for menu bar and
 pull-down choices. To select a menu bar choice using the mnemonics, hold down
 Alt and enter the mnemonic for the choice that you want. (If the menu bar has
 the focus, enter only the mnemonic.)

 To select a choice on a pull-down menu, enter the mnemonic for the pull-down
 choice.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Window Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Key:            Function:

 Alt             Moves the focus to and from the menu bar or closes the system
                 menu.

 Alt+F4          Closes the primary window.

 Alt+F5          In OS/2, restores the primary window.

 Alt+F7          Moves the primary window. Use the arrow keys to move the
                 window to a new position and then press Enter.

 Alt+F8          Sizes the primary window. Use the arrow keys to change the
                 size of the window and then press Enter.

 Alt+F9          Minimizes the primary window to an icon.

 Alt+F10         Maximizes the primary window.

 Alt+Spacebar    Opens the system menu for the primary window.

 Arrow key       Moves the cursor from choice to choice.

 Ctrl+Esc        Displays the Window List in OS/2 and the Task List in Windows
                 NT.

 Ctrl+F5         In Windows, restores the primary window.

 Ctrl+F9         In Windows, minimizes the primary window to an icon.

 Enter           Completes the selection of a menu bar choice or pull-down
                 choice. Also performs the action described on the push button
                 that currently has focus.

 Esc             Cancels a pull-down menu or cancels the active window if the
                 window contains a Cancel push button.

 F10             Moves the focus to and from the menu bar or closes the system
                 menu.

 Page Down or PgDn Scrolls forward a page at a time.

 Page Up or PgUp Scrolls backward a page at a time.

 Spacebar        Selects or deselects check boxes, radio buttons, and list box
                 choices. Also performs the action described on the push button
                 that currently has focus.

 Tab             Moves the selection cursor from field to field.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Accelerator Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can use the following keys, when applicable, to speed up actions within the
product windows:

 Key:          Function:

 Alt+Backspace (Undo) Reverses the operation most recently done on a part.

 Alt+Shift+Backspace (Redo) Removes the effect of the last Undo operation.

 Ctrl+F2       In OS/2, saves any changes you have made to the part.

 Ctrl+A        In OS/2, selects all code in the current window.

 Ctrl+Delete   Removes selected parts or information and places them on the
               clipboard.

               Note:  Be sure to select the parts or text immediately before
                      using the Ctrl+Delete key combination.

 Ctrl+E        In OS/2, evaluates the selected expression (or code) and
               performs the function that the expression specifies.

 Ctrl+F        In OS/2, opens the Search/Replace window, from which you can
               search for specified text and optionally replace occurrences of
               specified text.

 Ctrl+G        Generates part code for the part currently being edited. If the
               part has no primary part, Visual Builder saves the part.

 Ctrl+Ins      Places a copy of one or more selected parts or information on
               the clipboard.

 Ctrl+N        From the Visual Builder window, opens the Part - New window.

 Ctrl+O        From the Visual Builder window, opens the currently selected
               part.

 Ctrl+P        Lets you add a new part to the parts palette.

 Ctrl+R        In OS/2, clears all text from the current window and restores
               the most recently saved version.

 Ctrl+S        In OS/2, saves any changes you have made.

 Ctrl+V        Loads the mouse pointer with the contents of the clipboard.

 Delete        Deletes the selected parts or text.

               Note:  Be sure to select the parts or text immediately before
                      using the Delete key to remove the parts or text.

 Shift+Ins     Copies the parts or information from the clipboard to the
               specified location.

               For the Class Editor, evaluates the selected expression and
               shows the result


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Help Keys ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Key:         Function:

 F1           Displays general help for the active window. You can use this key
              on any window.

 F11          Displays the help index. You can use this key on any help window.

 Esc          Displays the previous help window.

 Alt+F4       Closes the help window.

 Shift+F10    Displays help for Help. You can use this on any help window.
               show/hide tab tags             *


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41. Pop-Up Menus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following pop-up menus are available:

     Pop-up menu for free-form surface
     Pop-up menu for most visual parts
     Pop-up menu for composer and container parts and IToolBar*
     Pop-up menu for IMenu*
     Pop-up menu for menu parts
     Pop-up menu for IMultiCellCanvas*
     Pop-up menu for INotebook*
     Pop-up menu for IVBNotebookPage*
     Pop-up menu for IVBFactory*
     Pop-up menu for IToolBarButton*
     Pop-up menu for IVBVariable*
     Pop-up menu for attribute-to-attribute connection
     Pop-up menu for attribute-to-action connection
     Pop-up menu for attribute-to-member function connection
     Pop-up menu for event-to-attribute connection
     Pop-up menu for event-to-action connection
     Pop-up menu for event-to-member function connection
     Pop-up menu for event-to-custom logic connection


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1. Pop-Up Menu for the Free-Form Surface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the free-form surface is the pop-up menu for the current
visual part definition. It contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     View parts list
     Toggle grid
     Set grid spacing
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.1. Open Settings ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Open settings to display the settings view for the part you selected.
The settings view displays the attributes and their initial values for the
part. If you selected several parts before selecting Open settings, the
settings view for each selected part opens in a different window.

You can change the values of the attributes to customize the initial appearance
or behavior of the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.2. Edit Part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Edit part to open the view for the parts you selected. If the selected
part has visual subparts, the Composition Editor opens for the part. Otherwise,
the Part Interface Editor opens.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.3. Browse Part Features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Browse part features to see the available features (attributes, actions,
or events) for the free-form surface or for the selected part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.4. Promote Part Feature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Promote part feature to make internal members of the selected part
publicly accessible to parts that do not appear in the current composite part.
This is necessary if you plan to add the current part as a subpart to another
composite part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.5. Reset to Default Size ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Reset to default size to reset the part to its default size. If you set
the minimum size or change the default size of the part, these will be reset to
their defaults. Doing this for a push button, for example, would resize the
push button to fit around the current text for the push button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.6. Change Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Change name to change the name of a part placed on the free-form
surface.

You can give parts descriptive names to more easily identify them. For example,
you can change the default name, "Pushbutton1," to "Delete."

When you change the name of any part, you change the internal name of the part.
This internal name appears in the information area at the bottom of the
Composition Editor window as you make connections.

For a nonvisual part, the name also appears as text beneath the icon for the
part on the free-form surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.7. Delete ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Delete to remove the parts you selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.8. Layout ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Layout to place parts on the free-form surface or in your view.

Menu summary

 Distribute
   Spaces visual parts evenly within a specified area.

 Snap to grid
   Aligns visual parts with the nearest grid intersections.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.8.1. Distribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Distribute to space visual parts evenly within a specified area.

Menu summary

     Horizontally in surface
     Vertically in surface
     Horizontally in bounding box
     Vertically in bounding box

 The Horizontally in bounding box and Vertically in bounding box choices appear
 only if three or more parts are selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.8.1.1. Horizontally in Surface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Horizontally in surface to space the selected parts evenly between the
right and left edges of the part on which they were dropped. If the selected
parts sit directly on the free-form surface, Visual Builder distributes them
across the entire scrollable width of the free-form surface.

Contrast this item with Horizontally in bounding box.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.8.1.2. Vertically in Surface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Vertically in surface to space the selected parts evenly between the top
and bottom edges of the part on which they were dropped. If the selected parts
sit directly on the free-form surface, Visual Builder distributes them across
the entire scrollable height of the free-form surface.

Contrast this item with Vertically in bounding box.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.8.1.3. Horizontally in Bounding Box ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Horizontally in bounding box to space the selected parts evenly between the
right and left edges of the  bounding box they occupy.

This item appears only if three or more parts are selected. Contrast it with
Horizontally in surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.8.1.4. Vertically in Bounding Box ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Vertically in bounding box to space the selected parts evenly between the
top and bottom edges of the bounding box they occupy.

This item appears only if three or more parts are selected. Contrast it with
Vertically in surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.8.2. Match Size ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Match size to equally size the selected parts in height, width, or both.

This item appears only if two or more parts are selected.

Menu summary

     Match height
     Match width
     Match both


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.8.2.1. Match Both ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Match both to size the selected parts so that they are all of equal
width and height.

Visual Builder matches the width and height of all selected parts with whatever
part you select last, indicated by solid selection handles (Γûá). Select the
parts you want to size. Then select the part that is the width and height that
you want the other parts to be.

This item appears only if two or more parts are selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.8.3. Snap to Grid ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Snap to grid to align the upper and left edges of one or more selected
parts to the nearest grid lines. You do not have to display the grid to use
Snap to grid.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.8.4. Set Grid Spacing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Set grid spacing to specify the distance between the lines of the grid
in the window whose pop-up menu you displayed. You can specify the horizontal
and vertical distance in pixels between the lines of the grid using the Set
Grid Spacing window.

Specify a value of 0 if you do not want lines in the grid.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.9. Restore Shape ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use Restore shape to redraw the selected connections in their original shape.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.10. Connect ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

From the pop-up menu for the part or for the free-form surface, select Connect
to make a connection between two parts. It contains the preferred features
associated with the part.

Select a feature from the Preferred features list. If the feature you want is
not in the Preferred features list, select More. A connection window appears.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.10.1. More ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select More to see a complete list in the Connection window of all the
available features (attributes, actions, and events) for the part you are
connecting to or from.

The most used features are shown when you select More. The features that are
available depend upon the part you are working with.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.10.2. Connection Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Use the connection windows to select the attribute, event, or action that you
want to use in a connection.

     The Start Connection From window appears when you select More from the
      Preferred features list of the part you are connecting from.

     The Connect feature_type Named window appears when you select More from
      the Preferred features list of the part you are connecting to.

 Fields

     Action
     Attribute
     Event

 If the target of your connection is a class, the following fields also appear:

     For class
     Access

 The values in these fields vary depending on the following:

     The part you selected
     If you selected the free-form surface
     If you added features (attributes, actions, or events) to the part
      interface

 Push buttons

 Select OK to use the selected action, attribute, or event and continue.

 If the target of your connection is a member function, the Set parameters push
 button appears. Select this push button to specify constant input parameters
 for the member function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.11. Browse Connections ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Browse connections to show or hide connections to or from the part.

Menu Summary

 Show to
   Displays the connections for which the part is the target.

 Show from
   Displays the connections for which the part is the source.

 Show to/from
   Displays the connections for which the part is either the target or source.

 Show all
   Displays all the connections among parts in the Composition Editor window

 Hide to
   Conceals the connections for which the part is the target.

 Hide from
   Conceals the connections for which the part is the source.

 Hide to/from
   Conceals the connections for which the part is either the target or source.

 Hide all
   Conceals all connections among parts in the Composition Editor window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.12. Reorder Connections From ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Reorder connections from to change the order in which the connections
appear.

Connections execute in the order in which they are made, which might not be the
order you want. Use Reorder connections from to reorder the connections as you
want them to occur.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.1.13. Tear-Off Attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Tear-off attribute to work with an attribute as if it were a stand-alone
part. The torn-off attribute is not actually a separate part but a variable
representing the attribute.

When you select Tear-off attribute, Visual Builder displays the list of
attributes for the part you are tearing from. After you select an attribute
from the list, you can drop the torn-off attribute on the free-form surface.
Visual Builder creates a connection (represented by a blue double-headed arrow)
between the original part and the torn-off attribute. You can then form other
connections to or from the torn-off attribute.

You might want to use a tear-off attribute when you want to do the following:

     Enable direct access to the attribute's events and actions
     Nest attributes, to allow direct access from the one that is nested
      inside the other

 For example, consider the following part in an address book application:

     A person part contains home address and work address attributes
     Each address attribute, in turn, contains street, city, and state
      attributes

 Tearing off an address attribute makes the nested street, city, and state
 attributes directly accessible rather than only indirectly accessible through
 an address attribute. Now that the nested attributes are directly accessible,
 you can form connections to and from them, as well as to their associated
 events and actions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.2. Pop-Up Menu for Most Visual Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for most visual parts contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Reset to default size
     Set tabbing
     Change name
     Delete
     Layout
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute

 If you select more than one visual part on the free-form surface, then only
 Open settings, Edit part, Delete, and Layout appear in the pop-up menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.3. Pop-Up Menu for the IToolBar*, Composer, and Container Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the IToolBar*, Composers, and Container parts contains the
following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Toggle grid
     Set grid spacing
     Change name
     Delete
     Layout
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.4. Pop-Up Menu for IMenu*, IInfoArea*, IVBFileDialog*, and IVBFontDialog* ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the IMenu*, IInfoArea*, IVBFileDialog*, and IVBFontDialog*
parts contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     View parts list
     Change name
     Delete
     Layout
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.5. Pop-Up Menu for Menu Parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the menu parts (IMenuItem*, IMenuCascade*, and
IMenuSeparator*) contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Change name
     Delete
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.6. Pop-Up Menu for IMultiCellCanvas* ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the IMultiCellCanvas* part contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     View parts list
     Toggle grid
     Set grid spacing
     Columns
     Rows
     Change name
     Delete
     Layout
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.6.1. Columns ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Columns to add a column to a multicell canvas.

Menu summary

     Add column after
     Add column before
     Delete column


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.6.2. Add Column After ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add column after to add a column to a multicell canvas after the current
column.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.6.3. Add Column Before ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add column before to add a column to a multicell canvas before the
current column.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.6.4. Delete Column ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Delete column to delete the currently selected column from a multicell
canvas.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.6.5. Rows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Rows to add a row to a multicell canvas.

Menu summary

     Add row after
     Add row before
     Delete row


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.6.6. Add Row After ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add row after to add a row to a multicell canvas after the current row.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.6.7. Add Row Before ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add row before to add a row to a multicell canvas before the current
row.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.6.8. Delete Row ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Delete row to delete the currently selected row from a multicell canvas.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.7. Pop-Up Menu for INotebook* ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the INotebook* part contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Tab
     View parts list
     Add initial page
     Change name
     Delete
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.7.1. Add Initial Page ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add initial page to create the first page of a notebook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.7.2. Add Page After ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add page after to add a page to a notebook following the currently
selected page of the notebook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.7.3. Add Page Before ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Add page before to add a page to a notebook preceding the currently
selected page of the notebook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.8. Pop-Up Menu for IVBNotebookPage* ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the IVBNotebookPage* part contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     View parts list
     Toggle grid
     Set grid spacing
     Change name
     Delete
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.9. Pop-Up Menu for IVBFactory* ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the IVBFactory* part contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Change type
     Change name
     Delete
     Layout
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.10. Pop-Up Menu for IToolBarButton* ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the IToolBarButton* part contains the following choices:

     Open settings
     Edit part
     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Change name
     Delete
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.11. Pop-Up Menu for IVBVariable* ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the IVBVariable* part contains the following choices:

     Browse part features
     Promote part feature
     Change type
     Change name
     Delete
     Layout
     Connect
     Browse connections
     Reorder connections from
     Tear-off attribute


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.11.1. Change Type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select Change type to change the class of an IVBVariable on the free-form
surface.

The default class for a new variable is IStandardNotifier.

If the class you supply does not exist, Visual Builder prompts you to enter the
existing parent class and the class is created for you.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.12. Pop-up Menu for Attribute-to-Attribute Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the attribute-to-attribute connection contains the
following choices:

     Open settings
     Restore shape
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.13. Pop-up Menu for Attribute-to-Action Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the attribute-to-action connection contains the following
choices:

     Open settings
     Restore shape
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.14. Pop-up Menu for Attribute-to-Member Function Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the attribute-to-member function connection contains the
following choices:

     Open settings
     Restore shape
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.15. Pop-up Menu for Event-to-Attribute Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the event-to-attribute connection contains the following
choices:

     Open settings
     Restore shape
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.16. Pop-up Menu for Event-to-Action Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the event-to-action connection contains the following
choices:

     Open settings
     Restore shape
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.17. Pop-up Menu for Event-to-Member Function Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the event-to-member function connection contains the
following choices:

     Open settings
     Restore shape
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 41.18. Pop-up Menu for Event-to-Custom Logic Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pop-up menu for the event-to-custom logic connection contains the following
choices:

     Open settings
     Restore shape
     Connect
     Reorder connections from
     Delete


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42. Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Each Visual Builder message has a message number and message text to give you
additional information about the message.

The format of the message number is as follows:

ABT.XXX.NNNNy

 ABT            The message prefix, which indicates the VisualAge product.

 XXX.NNNN       The alphanumeric message identifier.

 y              The type of message, which can be one of the following:

                e         Error (generic)
                i         Informational
                w         Warning

 Note:  Only those messages originating within Visual Builder are listed here.
        Those originating outside of Visual Builder are not covered.

 Messages

      DDE4.AAA.0001e
      DDE4.AAA.0002e
      DDE4.AAA.1000e
      DDE4.AAA.1001e
      DDE4.AAA.1002e
      DDE4.AAA.1003e
      DDE4.AAA.1004e
      DDE4.AAA.1005e
      DDE4.AAA.1006e
      DDE4.AAA.1007e
      DDE4.AAA.1008e
      DDE4.AAA.1009e
      DDE4.AAA.1010e
      DDE4.AAA.1011e
      DDE4.AEP.1000e
      DDE4.AEP.1001e
      DDE4.AEP.1002e
      DDE4.AEP.1003i
      DDE4.AEP.1004i
      DDE4.AEP.1005w
      DDE4.AEP.1006w
      DDE4.AEP.1007w
      DDE4.AEP.2000e
      DDE4.AEP.2001e
      DDE4.AEP.2002e
      DDE4.AEP.2003e
      DDE4.AEP.2004w
      DDE4.AEP.2005w
      DDE4.AEP.2006w
      DDE4.AEP.2007e
      DDE4.AEP.2008e
      DDE4.AEP.2009e
      DDE4.AEP.2010e
      DDE4.AEP.2011w
      DDE4.AEP.2012w
      DDE4.AEP.2014e
      DDE4.AEP.4000e
      DDE4.AEP.4001e
      DDE4.AEP.4002e
      DDE4.AEP.4003e
      DDE4.AEP.4004e
      DDE4.AEP.4005e
      DDE4.AEP.4006i
      DDE4.AEP.4007e
      DDE4.AEP.4008w
      DDE4.AEP.4009w
      DDE4.AEP.4010w
      DDE4.AEP.4011e
      DDE4.AEP.5000e
      DDE4.AEP.5001e
      DDE4.AEP.5002w
      DDE4.AEP.5003w
      DDE4.AEP.5004w
      DDE4.CUI.1000e
      DDE4.CUI.1001e
      DDE4.CUI.1002e
      DDE4.CUI.1003e
      DDE4.CUI.1004e
      DDE4.CUI.1005e
      DDE4.CUI.1006w
      DDE4.IMP.1100e
      DDE4.UIA.1000e
      DDE4.UIA.1001e
      DDE4.UIA.1002e
      DDE4.UIA.1010e
      DDE4.UIA.1011e
      DDE4.UIA.1012e
      DDE4.UIA.1013e
      DDE4.UIA.1014i
      DDE4.UIA.1019e
      DDE4.UIA.1020e
      DDE4.UIA.1021w
      DDE4.UIA.1022e
      DDE4.UIA.1023i
      DDE4.UIA.1024w
      DDE4.UIA.1025w
      DDE4.UIA.1026w
      DDE4.UIA.1027w
      DDE4.UIA.1028i
      DDE4.UIA.1029e
      DDE4.UIA.1030e
      DDE4.UIA.1031w
      DDE4.UIA.1032e
      DDE4.UIA.1033e
      DDE4.UIA.1034e
      DDE4.UIA.1035i
      DDE4.UIA.1036i
      DDE4.UIA.1040w
      DDE4.UIA.1100e
      DDE4.UIA.1101e
      DDE4.UIA.1102i
      DDE4.UIA.1103i
      DDE4.UIA.1110e
      DDE4.UIA.1111e
      DDE4.UIA.1112e
      DDE4.UIA.1113e
      DDE4.UIA.1114e
      DDE4.UIA.1200e
      DDE4.UIA.1201e
      DDE4.UIA.1202e
      DDE4.UIA.1203e
      DDE4.UIA.1204e
      DDE4.UIA.1205e
      DDE4.UIA.1206e
      DDE4.UIA.1207e
      DDE4.WFI.1000i
      DDE4.WFI.1001e
      DDE4.WFI.1002e
      DDE4.WFI.1003e
      DDE4.WFI.1004e


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.1. DDE4.AAA.0001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class <class_name> was not found.

Explanation

The .vbb file that contains this class must be loaded to complete the
operation.

Action

Load the .vbb file and retry the operation.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.2. DDE4.AAA.0002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class <class_name) cannot be created because a class with the same name is
already loaded in Visual Builder.

Action

Enter a unique class name or unload the file containing the duplicate class
name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.3. DDE4.AAA.1000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The part <part_name> is not loaded into Visual Builder.

Explanation

The part was not found.

Action

Load the .vbb file that holds this part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.4. DDE4.AAA.1001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in opening <file_name> (<error_string>).

Action

Try the following in order:

   1. If the file is in use, check your open applications and close any that
      might be using this file.

   2. If Visual Builder was trying to write to the file, make sure you have
      write access to the file.

   3. If the file was not found, check your working directory.

   4. If Visual Builder was not able to read the file, check your disk for
      damaged sectors.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.5. DDE4.AAA.1002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in opening <file_name>.  The file was not created.

Action

Try the following in order:

   1. Make sure you have write access to the output directory.

   2. Make sure that a read-only file of the same name does not exist.

   3. Make sure you have enough disk space.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.6. DDE4.AAA.1003e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The internal cache of Visual Builder is full.

Action

Save your files; then, close and restart Visual Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.7. DDE4.AAA.1004e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in reading from <file_name> (<error_string>).

Action

Try the following in order:

   1. If the file is in use, check your open applications and close any that
      might be using this file.

   2. If the file was not found, check your working directory.

   3. If Visual Builder was not able to read the file, check the disk for
      damaged sectors.

   4. If the object file was not valid, be sure you are using the correct file
      type. For example, you might get this error if you tried to load .vbe
      files. You can load .vbb files, but you must importvbe files.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.8. DDE4.AAA.1005e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in writing to <file_name> (<error_string>).

Action

Try the following in order:

   1. If the file is in use, check your open applications and close any that
      might be using this file.

   2. Make sure that a read-only file of the same name does not exist.

   3. Make sure you have write access to the output directory.

   4. Make sure you have enough storage space in the output directory.

   5. Check your disk for damaged sectors.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.9. DDE4.AAA.1006e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name> is not a valid .vbb file.

Explanation

The file is not in the format that Visual Builder expects, either because the
file is not a .vbb file or because it has been damaged.

Action

Enter the name of an intact .vbb file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.10. DDE4.AAA.1007e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name> was not loaded because a file with the same name is already loaded.

Action

If a file with the same name is loaded from a different directory, unload the
previously loaded file and try the operation again. Otherwise, no action is
required; the file you requested is already loaded.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.11. DDE4.AAA.1008e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The part <part_name1> was not loaded because it contains the part <part_name2>,
which is already loaded.

Explanation

The part <part_name2> has already been loaded from a different .vbb file.

Action

Unload the .vbb file with the duplicate part, or delete the duplicate part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.12. DDE4.AAA.1009e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder did not save <file_name> because it is a read-only file.

Action

Try the following in order:

   1. Make sure that the file is not read-only.

   2. Make sure that you have write access to the working directory.

 If you are trying to save a .vbb file that was shipped with Visual Builder, be
 aware that changes to this file are not supported.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.13. DDE4.AAA.1010e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder did not save the following files: <file names>. Select Help for
corrective action.

Action

Check for these problems:

   1. The files are already being used by another process. In this case,
      retrying the operation often works. Otherwise, terminate the process that
      is accessing the file.

   2. The files are write-protected.

   3. You do not have write access to the working directory.

 If you are trying to save .vbb files that were shipped with Visual Builder, be
 aware that changes to these files are not supported.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.14. DDE4.AAA.1011e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The file <file_name> is in use.  The operation was not completed.

Action

Check your open applications and close any that might be using this file.  This
includes other Visual Builder sessions that have this file loaded.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.15. DDE4.AEP.1000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

IAVLBASE was not initialized. An error occurred in calling the entry point
cppwvi30.dll.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not start because it could not find the cppwvi30.dll file.

Action

Be sure that the subdirectory containing cppwvi30.dll is on your LIBPATH
statement in your config.sys file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.16. DDE4.AEP.1001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

IAVLBASE was not reset. An error occurred in calling the entry point
<DLL_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not start because it could not find the specified .dll
file.

Action

Be sure that the subdirectory containing this .dll is on your LIBPATH statement
in your config.sys file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.17. DDE4.AEP.1002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This DLL is not valid. Check the LIBPATH statement in your config.sys file.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not find the specified .dll file.

Action

Be sure that the subdirectory containing this .dll is on your LIBPATH statement
in your config.sys file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.18. DDE4.AEP.1003i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

To delete this row, the following parts must be deleted:  <part_names>. Is it
okay to delete them?

Explanation

Visual Builder is about to delete the specified row.

Action

To confirm that you want to delete the specified row, click on OK. The row and
the specified parts are deleted.

If you do not want to delete the row, click on Cancel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.19. DDE4.AEP.1004i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

To delete this column, the following parts must be deleted:  <part_names>. Is
it okay to delete them?

Explanation

Visual Builder is about to delete the specified column.

Action

To confirm that you want to delete the specified column, click on OK. The
column and the specified parts are deleted.

If you do not want to delete the column, click on Cancel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.20. DDE4.AEP.1005w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The constructor for part <part_name> is not valid.

Explanation

The syntax of the constructor for the specified part is not valid, or Visual
Builder could not find the constructor in the .dll.

Action

Use the Part Interface Editor to correct the syntax. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.21. DDE4.AEP.1006w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The constructor parameter <parameter_name> for part <part_name> is not valid.

Explanation

One of the following problems exists:

     The syntax of the constructor parameter for the specified part is not
      valid.

     No attribute exists for the parameter.

     The attribute type is not valid.

 Action

 Use the Part Interface Editor to correct the syntax. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.22. DDE4.AEP.1007w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The constructor for part <part_name> failed.

Explanation

The constructor failed, or it returned a part that is not valid. Combinations
that are not valid for the constructor can cause failures.

Action

Be sure the constructor settings contain a valid combination for the part. Then
try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.23. DDE4.AEP.2000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class <class_name> is not defined in the files that are loaded.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not find the class definition for the specified class. The
class definition is missing from the files that Visual Builder loaded.

Action

Close the Composition Editor. Use the Class Editor to create the class
definition for this class, or reload the file containing the class. Then try
again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.24. DDE4.AEP.2001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to load the entry point <file_name> from DLL
<DLL_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not find the specified .dll file or this particular entry
point in the specified .dll.

Action

Be sure that the subdirectory containing this .dll is on your LIBPATH statement
in your config.sys file and that the .dll contains the specified entry point.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.25. DDE4.AEP.2002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The cell <cell_number> is already occupied.

Explanation

Visual Builder has already started placing (in the upper-left corner) a part in
the requested cell. Only one part can be started in that cell.

Action

In the settings notebook for the part, do one of the following:

     Enter a different value for the new row and column.

     Drop the part in a different cell.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.26. DDE4.AEP.2003e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in creating the new class <class_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not create the specified class because of a file error.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.27. DDE4.AEP.2004w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Enter a valid C++ identifier for the name.

Explanation

The syntax of the C++ identifier you entered is not valid.

Action

Use the Part Interface Editor to correct the syntax. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.28. DDE4.AEP.2005w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class <class_name> already exists. Choose another name.

Explanation

The class you tried to create already exists.

Action

Use the Class Editor to rename and save the class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.29. DDE4.AEP.2006w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<class_name> is not a valid class name. Choose another name.

Explanation

The name you entered for the specified class is not valid.

Action

Use the Class Editor to rename and save the class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.30. DDE4.AEP.2007e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in saving the palette information:  <error_string>.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not add your part to the palette as a result of this
error.

Action

The action you should take depends on the error stated in the message. Correct
the error based on the specific text.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.31. DDE4.AEP.2008e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in loading the palette information:  <error_string>. The
default palette will be used.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not find the file that contains the information about your
parts palette. Instead, the palette that was shipped with Visual Builder was
loaded.

Action

Be sure that the file name you specified for your parts palette is correct.
Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.32. DDE4.AEP.2009e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The loaded object is not a palette. The default palette will be used.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not load your parts palette because the data in the file
you specified did not contain palette information.

Action

Be sure that the file you specified for your parts palette contains palette
information and that the file name is correct. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.33. DDE4.AEP.2010e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The part <part_name> cannot be edited.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not load your part into the Composition Editor. Either the
data in the file you specified did not contain part information, or the part
cannot be edited. This can happen with certain system parts and typedefs.

Action

Be sure that the file you specified for your part contains part information and
that the file name is correct. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.34. DDE4.AEP.2011w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to remove the category <category_name> from the palette?

Explanation

You requested that Visual Builder remove the selected category from the parts
palette. If Visual Builder removes this category, all parts in this category
will also be removed.

Action

To remove this category from the parts palette, select the Yes push button.

To leave this category on the parts palette, select the No push button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.35. DDE4.AEP.2012w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to remove the part <part_name> from the selected palette category?

Action

To remove this part from the parts palette, select the Yes push button.

To leave this part on the parts palette, select the No push button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.36. DDE4.AEP.2014e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<class_name> has been marked by the supplier as a class that cannot be used in
a variable.

Explanation

When changing the type for a variable, you specified a class that cannot be
used.

Action

Specify a different class for the type of the variable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.37. DDE4.AEP.4000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The attribute type is missing.

Explanation

The Attribute type field in the Part Interface Editor is blank.

Action

Enter an attribute type in the Attribute type field in the Part Interface
Editor. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.38. DDE4.AEP.4000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The member function signature is missing or not valid.

Explanation

Either the member function does not exist, or the syntax for it is not valid.

Action

Be sure that the member function exists and that the syntax is correct.

To check this, use the Part Interface Editor, or select Browse part features
from the pop-up menu for the part in the Composition Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.39. DDE4.AEP.4002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The event identifier is missing.

Explanation

The event identifier does not exist.

Action

In the Part Interface Editor, enter an event identifier in the Event
identification field on the Attribute or Event page. Then try again. To do
this, use the Part Interface Editor or select Browse part features from the
pop-up menu for the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.40. DDE4.AEP.4003e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<feature_name> is already in the list of preferred features.

Explanation

The feature you tried to add already appears in the list of preferred features
on the Preferred page of the Part Interface Editor.

Action

Select a different feature.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.41. DDE4.AEP.4004e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Set the User .hpv file and User .cpv file fields in the Class Editor.

Explanation

The specified files in the Class Editor must be completed before Visual Builder
can generate the default feature source code.

Action

Enter the appropriate .hpv and .cpv file names in these fields before
attempting to generate the default feature source code again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.42. DDE4.AEP.4005e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in opening file <file_name>:  <part_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not open the specified file to generate the feature source
code. This file might not exist. If it does not exist, it will be created.

Action

Be sure that you have write access to the directory and that you have enough
space on the disk. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.43. DDE4.AEP.4006i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The feature source code generation is complete. Code was appended to the
following files:  <file_names>

Explanation

None.

Action

Click on OK to continue.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.44. DDE4.AEP.4007e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This file name is not valid.

Explanation

The specified file name is not valid.

Action

Be sure that the file name is correct. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.45. DDE4.AEP.4008w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to remove all features from the list of preferred features?

Explanation

You indicated that you want to remove all features from the list of preferred
features on the Preferred features page of the Part Interface Editor.

Action

Review the features that are to be removed. Then click on OK to confirm.

If you do not want to remove them all, click on Cancel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.46. DDE4.AEP.4009w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to remove <feature> from the list of preferred features?

Explanation

You indicated that you want to remove the specified feature from the list of
preferred features on the Preferred features page of the Part Interface Editor.

Action

Click on OK to confirm. If you do not want to remove it, click on Cancel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.47. DDE4.AEP.4010w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to show inherited preferred features only?

Explanation

You indicated that you want to see only the inherited features in the list of
preferred features on the Preferred features page of the Part Interface Editor.

Action

Click on OK to confirm.

If you do not want to see only the inherited features, click on Cancel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.48. DDE4.AEP.4011e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The set member function must have at least one input parameter. The part
interface was not changed.

Explanation

You must specify at least one input parameter in an attribute's set member
function. If you specify more than one parameter, you must also supply default
values for all parameters except the first one.

Action

Specify the set member function again for this attribute, and select the Add or
Update push button, as appropriate.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.49. DDE4.AEP.5000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This handler is not valid.

Explanation

The syntax for the handler is not valid.

Action

Be sure that the syntax for this handler is correct. Use the Handlers page in
the settings notebook for the part, entering one of the following to correct
it:

     name
     name()
     name(type, type, ...)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.50. DDE4.AEP.5001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<handler> is already in the list of handlers.

Explanation

The handler you tried to add is already in the list of handlers.

Action

Use the Handlers page in the settings notebook for the part to enter
information about the new handler. Then try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.51. DDE4.AEP.5002w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<handler> is not a valid part. Do you want to add it to the list of handlers?

Explanation

The handler you selected is not a part that is currently loaded in Visual
Builder.

Action

Select another handler, or correct the syntax of the handler you selected. Then
try again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.52. DDE4.AEP.5003w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to remove <handler> from the list of handlers?

Explanation

You indicated that you want to remove the specified handler from the list of
handlers on the settings page for the part.

Action

Click on OK to confirm. Otherwise, click on Cancel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.53. DDE4.AEP.5004w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The settings changes you made will not be saved.

Explanation

You made changes to the canvas layout in the settings notebook but have not
applied them. These changes do not match changes made in the Composition Editor
and will not be saved.

Any changes you made to other settings pages for this part, however, are not
affected. They will be saved.

Action

Click on OK to continue.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.54. DDE4.CUI.1000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The parameter <parameter_name> is not valid.

Explanation

Visual Builder does not allow you to use parameter names that conflict with
reserved feature names, such as actionResult and exceptionOccurred.

Action

Change the name of the parameter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.55. DDE4.CUI.1001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The base class that you specified is not valid.

Explanation

One of the following occurred:

     The base class that you specified does not exist in any .vbb file that is
      currently loaded.

     You entered more than one base class.

 Action

 Make sure that both of the following are true:

     You specified only one base class.

     You loaded the .vbb file that contains the base class that you specified.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.56. DDE4.CUI.1002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The access type of the base class is not valid.

Explanation

The access type of the base class must be public, protected, or private.

Action

Change the access type of the base class to public, protected, or private.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.57. DDE4.CUI.1003e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An expression lacks the opening parenthesis.

Explanation

You omitted the opening parenthesis in the declaration of member function. This
could occur in the following places:

     A connection that involves a member function declaration

     The get member function and set member function declarations on the
      Attribute page of the Part Interface Editor.

     A member function declaration for an action on the Action page of the
      Part Interface Editor.

 Action

 Insert the missing parenthesis.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.58. DDE4.CUI.1004e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

A function name was not found.

Explanation

The name of a member function that you entered is missing. This could occur in
the following places:

     A connection that involves a member function declaration

     The get member function and set member function declarations on the
      Attribute page of the Part Interface Editor.

     A member function declaration for an action on the Action page of the
      Part Interface Editor.

 Action

 Insert the missing member function name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.59. DDE4.CUI.1005e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

A syntax error occurred in the function declaration.

Explanation

You entered a member function declaration that contains a C++ syntax error.
This could occur in the following places:

     A connection that involves a member function declaration

     The get member function and set member function declarations on the
      Attribute page of the Part Interface Editor.

     A member function declaration for an action on the Action page of the
      Part Interface Editor.

 Action

 Correct the syntax error.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.60. DDE4.CUI.1006w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The file <file_name> already exists. Do you want to overwrite it?

Explanation

You are about to perform an action that will overwrite an existing .vbb file.

Action

Do one of the following:

     Select the Yes push button to overwrite the .vbb file. You will not be
      able to recover this overwritten .vbb file.

     Select the No push button to prevent the .vbb file from being
      overwritten. You will be returned to the task that you were performing so
      that you can enter or select a different .vbb file name.

     Select the Cancel push button to end the task that you are performing
      without overwriting the .vbb file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.61. DDE4.IMP.1100e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The part information export failed.

Explanation

Visual Builder was not able to open the specified output file for the exported
part information.

Action

Try the following in order:

   1. If this operation is overwriting a previously existing file, make sure
      that the file is not otherwise in use.  Also, make sure the file is not
      marked read-only.

   2. If the output directory is on a local area network, make sure you have
      write access to the directory.

   3. Check the output directory to see if enough storage space exists to hold
      the file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.62. DDE4.UIA.1000e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred when loading information about options that you changed in
the Visual Builder window. The default option selections will be used.

Explanation

When you change the options that are selected in the Options menu, Visual
Builder saves those changes in a file named vbopts.dat in your working
directory when you close the Visual Builder window. An error occurred when
Visual Builder tried to open this file. The options will be reset to the
default selections when you select the OK push button.

Action

If the error persists, erase the vbopts.dat file in your working directory.
Visual Builder will create a new vbopts.dat file in your working directory the
next time you change the option selections and close the Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.63. DDE4.UIA.1001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred when loading information about options that you changed in
the Visual Builder window:  <error_string>. The default option selections will
be used.

Explanation

When you change the options that are selected in the Options menu, Visual
Builder saves those changes in a file named vbopts.dat in your working
directory when you close the Visual Builder window. An error occurred when
Visual Builder tried to open this file. The options will be reset to the
default selections when you select the OK push button.

Action

If the error persists, erase the vbopts.dat file in your working directory.
Visual Builder will create a new vbopts.dat file in your working directory the
next time you change the option selections and close the Visual Builder window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.64. DDE4.UIA.1002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred when saving information about options that you changed in the
Visual Builder window:  <error_string>.

Explanation

When you change the options that are selected in the Options menu, Visual
Builder saves those changes in a file named vbopts.dat in your working
directory when you close the Visual Builder window. An error occurred when
Visual Builder tried to write information about the changed options to this
file.

Action

Make sure that your working directory has space available.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.65. DDE4.UIA.1010e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to open the browser link for file <file_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder was unable to open the file that contains the browser
information. Either the file does not exist in the working directory or it has
become corrupted.

Action

Create the browser information file by compiling your application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.66. DDE4.UIA.1011e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to open QuickBrowse for file <file_name>.

Explanation

QuickBrowse was not able to parse the specified C++ source code file, probably
due to errors in the source code.

Action

Check the project monitor log and correct the C++ source code errors that
QuickBrowse recorded there.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.67. DDE4.UIA.1012e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

No information was available for class <class_name>.

Explanation

Either QuickBrowse or the browser was unable to find a class declaration,
definition, or both for the specified class.

Action

Supply the missing class declaration, definition, or both. Then do one of the
following:

     If you were using QuickBrowse, run QuickBrowse again.

     If you were using the browser, compile your application and open the
      browser information again.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.68. DDE4.UIA.1013e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to refresh the browser data.

Explanation

An attempt by Visual Builder to refresh the browser data failed. Visual Builder
continues to use the previous data that it received from the browser.

Action

No action can be taken using Visual Builder. See the messages displayed by the
browser for information about possible actions you can take using the browser.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.69. DDE4.UIA.1014i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to refresh the browser data for class <class_name>.

Explanation

An attempt by Visual Builder to refresh the browser data revealed that the
specified class no longer exists in the data.

Action

You cannot take any action. Visual Builder refreshes all of the data except
that of the missing class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.70. DDE4.UIA.1019e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name1> is an invalid file name because <file_name2> is already loaded
from another path.

Explanation

You tried to create a .vbb file that has the same name as a .vbb file that you
loaded from another path.

Action

Do one of the following:

     Enter a different name for the .vbb file.

     Unload the .vbb file that is already loaded and then create the new .vbb
      file.

 You can see the full path of the loaded .vbb files by selecting OptionsShow
 full file names.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.71. DDE4.UIA.1020e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The file name was not specified.

Explanation

You tried to move a part into a .vbb file without specifying the file name.

Action

Enter the name of the .vbb file that you want to move the part to.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.72. DDE4.UIA.1021w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name> is already loaded. It was not loaded again.

Explanation

You tried to load a .vbb file that was already loaded.

Action

Do one of the following:

     If the specified .vbb file is vbbase.vbb, you cannot unload it. No action
      is required.

     If the specified .vbb file is not vbbase.vbb, you can unload it and then
      reload it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.73. DDE4.UIA.1022e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name1> cannot be loaded because <file_name2> is already loaded from
another path.

Explanation

You tried to load a .vbb file that has the same name as a .vbb file that you
loaded from another path.

Action

Unload the .vbb file that is already loaded and then load the other .vbb file.

You can see the full path of the loaded .vbb files by selecting OptionsShow
full file names.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.74. DDE4.UIA.1023i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This operation was canceled because file replacement was not allowed.

Explanation

You canceled an operation that would have caused Visual Builder to replace a
.vbb file if you had continued. For example, you would receive this message if
you imported data that would have replaced an existing .vbb file, but you did
not allow Visual Builder to replace the existing file.

Action

No action is required.

To prevent this message from appearing, do one of the following:

     Allow Visual Builder to replace the .vbb file.
     Change the file name.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.75. DDE4.UIA.1024w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name> is not loaded and is about to be replaced. Is it okay to replace
this file?

Explanation

You are creating a new .vbb file or importing data from a .vbe file. However, a
corresponding .vbb file of the same name already exists in your working
directory. If you continue, Visual Builder will replace the existing .vbb file
with a new one that contains the data in the new .vbb file that you are
creating or the .vbe file that you are importing.

Action

Do one of the following:

     Select the Yes push button to create the new file, or import the data and
      replace the existing .vbb file.

     Select the No push button to cancel the create or import operation.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.76. DDE4.UIA.1025w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Warning:  Visual Builder editor windows are open. If this operation affects the
inheritance of any parts being edited or the inheritance of any subparts, do
not proceed until you have closed the windows. Do you want to proceed?

Explanation

You are about to perform an operation that might affect the inheritance of
parts or subparts in the open Visual Builder editor windows. Operations that
could affect part inheritance are deleting parts and renaming parts. For
example, if you delete a part from a .vbb file and have used that part as the
base class of another part, any of the deleted part's inherited features that
you are using are not valid.

Action

Verify that the operation you are about to perform will not affect the
inheritance of any of the parts or subparts in your open Visual Builder editor
windows before proceeding with the operation. If you are not certain that part
inheritance will not be affected, close the open editor windows before
proceeding.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.77. DDE4.UIA.1026w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Do you want to exit Visual Builder?

Explanation

You did one of the following:

     Double-clicked on the System Menu icon in the Visual Builder window.

     Selected System Menu iconClose.

     Selected FileExit.

 Action

 Do one of the following:

     Select the Yes push button.

      The Visual Builder window closes and Visual Builder ends.

     Select the No push button.

      The Visual Builder window stays open and Visual Builder keeps running.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.78. DDE4.UIA.1027w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

At least one Visual Builder editor window is open. Select Yes to close it and
exit.

Explanation

You did one of the following with one or more Visual Builder editor windows
open:

     Double-clicked on the System Menu icon in the Visual Builder window.

     Selected System Menu iconClose.

     Selected FileExit.

 Action

 Do one of the following:

     Select the Yes push button.

      The open editor window closes, the Visual Builder window closes, and
      Visual Builder ends.

     Select the No push button.

      The open editor window and the Visual Builder window stay open, and
      Visual Builder keeps running.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.79. DDE4.UIA.1028i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The exit operation was canceled.

Explanation

You selected No when Visual Builder displayed a message asking if you wanted to
exit.

Action

No action is required. To exit Visual Builder, do one of the following:

     Double-click on the System Menu icon in the Visual Builder window.

     Select System Menu iconClose.

     Select FileExit.

 When Visual Builder displays a message asking if you really want to exit,
 select the Yes push button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.80. DDE4.UIA.1029e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in moving <part_name>:  <file_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder did not allow you to move a part to the specified .vbb file
because of one of the following reasons:

     The disk that you tried to write the information to does not have enough
      free space.

     The file is being used by another program.

     The file is a read-only or hidden file.

     The file is located on a local area network (LAN) drive that you cannot
      write to.

 Action

 The action you should take depends on the error stated in the message. Correct
 the error based on the specific text.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.81. DDE4.UIA.1030e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to open <file_name>:  <error_text>.

Action

The action you must take depends on the error stated in the message. Correct
the error based on the specific text.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.82. DDE4.UIA.1031w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The operation was canceled because of an inconsistent selection.

Explanation

The response you gave in one window contradicts the response you gave in
another window. For example, you might have imported data from a .vbe file, but
you did not save it in a .vbb file.

Action

No action is required.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.83. DDE4.UIA.1032e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class <class_name> was not found.

Explanation

You specified a class name that Visual Builder could not find in any of the
loaded .vbb files.

Action

Load the .vbb file that contains the class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.84. DDE4.UIA.1033e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to open an editor window for <part_name>:
<file_name>.

Explanation

You tried to open a part, but your system did not have enough free resources to
let Visual Builder display the editor.

Action

Release system resources that are currently being used by closing applications
that you are not using. Then, try again to open the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.85. DDE4.UIA.1034e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to change the working directory to <disk_name>:
<working_directory>.

Explanation

You attempted to change the working directory but specified a path that is not
valid.

Action

Do one of the following:

     Specify a valid path that already exists.

     Create the path that you want to specify.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.86. DDE4.UIA.1035i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<part_name> is already on the parts palette in the category that you specified.
It was not added again.

Explanation

You tried to add a part to the parts palette, but a part with that name is
already in the category that you tried to add the part to.

Action

To add the part, do one of the following:

     Rename the part and then add it to the parts palette in the category that
      you specified previously.

     Add the part in a different category.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.87. DDE4.UIA.1036i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<file_name> cannot be unloaded. It has been removed from the unload list.

Explanation

You tried to unload the vbbase.vbb file, which Visual Builder does not allow
you to do. This file must always be loaded.

Action

No action is required.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.88. DDE4.UIA.1040w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<part_name> is already being edited. Do you want to open another editor window
for this part?

Explanation

You already have an editor window open for the selected part. Whenever you edit
a part in multiple windows, you risk overwriting one set of part information
with another. Every time you save a part, Visual Builder completely replaces
any previously saved part information.

Action

To open another editor window, select the Yes push button.

To cancel the open request and give the existing editor window the input focus,
select the No push button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.89. DDE4.UIA.1041e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The file <file_name> is in a file format that is totally incompatible with this
version of Visual Builder.

Explanation

This part file is not in the expected file format and cannot be converted.

Action

No action is possible using Visual Builder.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.90. DDE4.UIA.1042e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The file <file_name> is in an unknown file format. Do you want to continue and
try to load it?

Explanation

This part file is not in the expected file format but might be convertible.

Action

If you want to keep a copy of the file in its original format, cancel this
request, make a backup copy of the part file, and try again.

To attempt the format conversion and load the file, select Yes.

To cancel the request to load the file, select No.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.91. DDE4.UIA.1043i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The file <file_name> will be updated to the format used by this version of
Visual Builder.

Explanation

This part file is not in the expected file format but is convertible without
loss of portability. After Visual Builder converts the file, you will still be
able to use the file with the version of Visual Builder that created it.

Action

To proceed with the format conversion and load the file, select OK.

To cancel the request to load the file, select Cancel.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.92. DDE4.UIA.1044w ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Attention: If you continue loading <file_name>, it will be converted to a new
file format. You will no longer be able to use it with the version of Visual
Builder that created it. Do you want to continue anyway?

Explanation

This part file is not in the expected file format but is convertible. However,
after Visual Builder converts the file, you will not be able to use the file
with the version of Visual Builder that originally created it.

Action

If you want to keep a copy of the file in its original format, cancel this
request, make a backup copy of the part file, and try again.

To proceed with the format conversion and load the file, select Yes.

To cancel the request to load the file, select No.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.93. DDE4.UIA.1100e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This save operation failed.

Explanation

Visual Builder was unable to save a .vbb file or a part in a .vbb file because
of one of the following reasons:

     The disk did not have enough free space.

     The file is being used by another program.

     The file is either read-only or hidden.

     You tried to save the file to a local area network (LAN) drive that you
      cannot write to.

 Action

 The action you should take depends on the error stated in the message. Correct
 the error based on the specific text.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.94. DDE4.UIA.1101e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This copy operation failed.

Explanation

Visual Builder was unable to copy a .vbb file or a part in a .vbb file because
of one of the following reasons:

     The disk did not have enough free space.

     A file is the target of the copy operation and that file is being used by
      another program.

     A file is the target of the copy operation and that file is either
      read-only or hidden.

     You tried to copy the file to a local area network (LAN) drive that you
      cannot write to.

 Action

 The action you should take depends on the error stated in the message. Correct
 the error based on the specific text.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.95. DDE4.UIA.1102e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This part was copied successfully.

Explanation

Visual Builder is confirming that the copy operation was performed
successfully.

Action

No action is required.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.96. DDE4.UIA.1103e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

This part was renamed successfully.

Explanation

Visual Builder is confirming that the rename operation was performed
successfully.

Action

No action is required.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.97. DDE4.UIA.1110e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The new name is not a valid class name. Choose another name.

Explanation

You tried to copy or rename a class to a name that is not supported in the C++
language.

Action

Check the new name for the following:

     It must begin with a letter.
     It must not contain special characters other than the underscore (_).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.98. DDE4.UIA.1111e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<class_name> is not a valid class name. Choose another name.

Explanation

You specified a class name that is not supported in the C++ language.

Action

Check the class name for the following:

     It must begin with a letter.
     It must not contain special characters other than the underscore (_).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.99. DDE4.UIA.1112e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<part_name> already exists. Choose another name.

Explanation

You cannot enter the name of a part that already exists in a .vbb file that is
currently loaded.

Action

Do one of the following:

     Enter a different name for the part.

     Unload the .vbb file that contains the existing part and then reenter the
      part name.

      Note:  If you specify the name of the .vbb file that you just unloaded as
             the file in which you want to store the part, Visual Builder will
             ask you if you want to replace the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.100. DDE4.UIA.1113e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder cannot write to file <file_name>.

Explanation

Visual Builder was not able to write information to the specified .vbb file
because of one of the following reasons:

     The disk that you tried to write the information to does not have enough
      free space.

     The file is being used by another program.

     The file is a read-only or hidden file.

     The file is located on a local area network (LAN) drive that you cannot
      write to.

 Action

 The action you should take depends on the error stated in the message. Correct
 the error based on the specific text.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.101. DDE4.UIA.1114e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder cannot write to file <file_name>. Nothing was deleted.

Explanation

Visual Builder was not able to write information to the specified .vbb file
because of one of the following reasons. The file that you tried to write to
was not changed.

     The disk that you tried to write the information to does not have enough
      free space.

     The file is being used by another program.

     The file is a read-only or hidden file.

     The file is located on a local area network (LAN) drive that you cannot
      write to.

 Action

 The action you should take depends on the error stated in the message. Correct
 the error based on the specific text.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.102. DDE4.UIA.1200e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The base class <class_name> must be loaded before the new part can be created.

Explanation

You must specify a base class whose .vbb file is loaded.

Action

Load the .vbb file that contains the base class you want to specify.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.103. DDE4.UIA.1201e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The base class cannot be an abstract class.

Explanation

You cannot specify an abstract class as the base class of another part. An
abstract class provides common behavior across a set of subclasses but is not
itself designed to have instances that work. An abstract class represents a
concept; classes derived from it represent implementations of the concept.

For example, IControl is the abstract base class for control view windows; the
IPushbutton and IEntryField classes are controls derived from IControl.
Therefore, you could use either IPushButton or IEntryField as a base class but
not IControl.

Action

Specify the name of a class that is not an abstract class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.104. DDE4.UIA.1202e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class IWindow is not loaded.

Explanation

The .vbb file that contains IWindow, which is vbbase.vbb unless you moved
IWindow to a different .vbb file, must be loaded to create or open a visual
part. All visual parts inherit from IWindow.

Action

Load the .vbb file that contains IWindow.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.105. DDE4.UIA.1203e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The class IStandardNotifier* is not loaded.

Explanation

The .vbb file that contains IStandardNotifier*, which is vbbase.vbb unless you
moved IStandardNotifier* to a different .vbb file, must be loaded to create or
open a nonvisual or class interface part. All nonvisual and class interface
parts inherit from IStandardNotifier*.

Action

Load the .vbb file that contains IStandardNotifier*.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.106. DDE4.UIA.1204e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<class_name1> must inherit from <class_name2>.

Explanation

All visual parts must inherit from IWindow. All nonvisual and class interface
parts must inherit from IStandardNotifier*.

Action

Do one of the following:

     If your part is a visual part, specify either IWindow or a part that
      inherits from IWindow as the base class of the part.

     If your part is a nonvisual or class interface part, specify either
      IStandardNotifier* or a part that inherits from IStandardNotifier* as the
      base class of the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.107. DDE4.UIA.1205e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Part classes cannot inherit from multiple parts.

Explanation

Your part class inherits member functions, data members, or both from more than
one part. Visual Builder only allows part classes to inherit from one part.

Action

Make sure your part class inherits from only one part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.108. DDE4.UIA.1206e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

<class_name> has been marked by the supplier as a class that cannot be used as
a base class.

Explanation

Most classes in this category are reserved for use by the supplier of the part.

Action

Specify a different class as the base for your new part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.109. DDE4.UIA.1207e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

The base class must also be a <part_type>.

Explanation

When opening a new part, you specified a part type that was different from that
of the base class. Both base and derived classes must be of the same type.

Valid part types are visual, nonvisual, and class interface.

Action

     To keep the base class, change the type of the new part.
     To keep the part type, specify a base class of the same type as that of
      the new part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.110. DDE4.WFI.1000i ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder found no project scope actions to display.

Explanation

The Project menu is empty because you have not added any of the WorkFrame
actions for this project at the project scope.

Action

Add WorkFrame actions at the project scope. Refer to WorkFrameHow Do I? for
information about doing this.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.111. DDE4.WFI.1001e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to obtain the project information for
<project_name>.

Explanation

The WorkFrame environment variable that provides the path to the project under
which you started Visual Builder is not set correctly in your config.sys file.

Action

Set the WorkFrame environment variable properly. Refer to the VisualAge for C++
User's Guide for information about setting the WorkFrame environment variables.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.112. DDE4.WFI.1002e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder did not connect to WorkFrame.

Explanation

Visual Builder was unable to get information from WorkFrame using the router
that Visual Builder provides for this purpose.

Action

Check the environment variables for WorkFrame in your config.sys file. Refer to
the VisualAge for C++ User's Guide for information about setting the WorkFrame
environment variables.

If the problem persists, contact IBM technical support.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.113. DDE4.WFI.1003e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

An error occurred in opening the Presentation Manager (PM) notification queue.

Explanation

Visual Builder was unable to send a message to or receive a message from PM.

Action

The most common cause of this error is a lack of system resources. Try to free
system resources by closing programs that you are not using.

If the problem persists, contact IBM technical support.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 42.114. DDE4.WFI.1004e ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Message

Visual Builder was not able to access browser information. The Browser is not
initialized.

Explanation

Visual Builder could not find the Browser .dll files. This could mean that
these .dll files are not installed or their path is not set properly in the
LIBPATH statement in the config.sys file.

Action

First, make sure the Browser is installed. Then, check the LIBPATH statement to
ensure that the path to the Browser .dll files is set properly.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Common footnotes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 43. Glossary ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This glossary defines terms and abbreviations that are used in this book. If
you do not find the term you are looking for, refer to the IBM Dictionary of
Computing, New York:McGraw-Hill, 1994.

This glossary includes terms and definitions from the American National
Standard Dictionary for Information Systems, ANSI X3.172-1990, copyright 1990
by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). Copies may be purchased
from the American National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway, New York, New
York 10018.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary listing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A
abstract class
action
attribute
attribute-to-action connection
attribute-to-attribute connection
attribute-to-member function connection
attribute-to-parameter connection
B
base class
behavior
bounding box
C
category
class
Class Editor
class hierarchy
class library
class member function
collection
composite part
Composition Editor
connection
construction from parts
constructor
custom logic connection
D
data abstraction
data member
data model
declaration
destructor
DLL
dynamic link library (DLL)
E
encapsulation
event
event-to-action connection
event-to-attribute connection
event-to-member function connection
expansion area
F
feature
free-form surface
G
get member function
graphical user interface (GUI)
GUI
H
handles
header file
I
inheritance
instance
L
loaded
M
member
member function
member function name
message
model
N
nonvisual part
notebook part
O
object
object class
object factory
object-oriented programming
operation
P
parent class
part
part event
part event ID
part interface
Part Interface Editor
parts palette
preferred features
primary selection
private
promote feature
process
property
protected
R
resource file
S
selection handles
service
set member function
settings view
sticky
structure
subpart
superclass
T
tear-off attribute
template
tool bar
U
UI
user interface (UI)
V
variable
view
visual part
visual programming tool
W
window


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> abstract class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A class that provides common behavior across a set of subclasses but is not
itself designed to have instances that work. An abstract class represents a
concept; classes derived from it represent implementations of the concept. For
example, IControl is the abstract base class for control view windows; the
ICanvas and IListBox classes are controls derived from IControl. An abstract
class must have at least one pure virtual function.

See also  base class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> access ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A property of a class that determines whether a class member is accessible in
an expression or declaration.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> action ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A specification of a function that a part can perform. The visual builder uses
action specifications to generate connections between parts. Actions are
resolved to member function calls in the generated code.

Compare to event and attribute.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Advanced Program-to-Program Communication (APPC) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

IBM's architected solution for program-to-program communication, distributed
transaction processing, and remote database access. A transaction program using
the APPC application program interface can communicate with other transaction
programs on systems that support APPC.

An implementation of the Systems Network Architecture (SNA) logical unit (LU)
6.2 protocol that allows interconnected systems to communicate and share the
processing of programs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> AID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See  attention identifier.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> argument ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A data element, or value, included as part of a member function call. Arguments
provide additional information that the called member function can use to
perform the requested operation.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> attention identifier (AID) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A character in a 3270 or 5250 data stream indicating that the user has pressed
a key, such as the Enter key, to request an action by the system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A specification of a property of a part. For example, a customer part could
have a name attribute and an address attribute. An attribute can itself be a
part with its own behavior and attributes.

Visual Builder uses attribute specifications to generate code to get and set
part properties.

Compare to event and action.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> attribute-to-attribute connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection from an attribute of one part. to an attribute of another part.
When one attribute is updated, the other attribute is updated automatically.

See also  connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> attribute-to-action connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection from an attribute of one part to an action of another part. When
the attribute is updated, the action is also updated automatically. This is
similar to an event-to-action connection because Visual Builder uses the
attribute's event ID to notify the action when the value of the attribute
changes.

See also connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> attribute-to-member function connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection from an attribute of a part to a member function. The connected
attribute receives its value from the member function, which can make
calculations based on the values of other parts.

See also  connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> attribute-to-parameter connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection that satisfies a parameter of an action or member function by
supplying an attribute's value.

See also  connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> base class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A class from which other classes or parts are derived. A base class may itself
be derived from another base class.

See also  abstract class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> behavior ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The set of external characteristics that an object exhibits.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> bounding box ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An imaginary area encompassing three or more parts selected on the free-form
surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> caller ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An object that sends a member function call to another object.

Contrast with receiver.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> category ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Composition Editor, a selectable grouping of parts represented by an
icon in the left-most column. Selecting a category displays the parts belonging
to that category in the next column.

See also  parts palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An aggregate that can contain functions, types, and user-defined operators, in
addition to data. Classes can be defined hierarchically, allowing one class to
be an expansion of another, and can restrict access to its members.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Class Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The editor you use to specify the names of files that Visual Builder writes to
when you generate default code. You can also use this editor to do the
following:

     Enter a description of the parts
     Specify a different .vbb file in which to store the part
     See the name of the part's base class
     Modify the part's default constructor
     Enter additional constructor and destructor code
     Specify a .lib file for the part
     Specify a resource DLL and ID to assign an icon to the part
     Specify other files that you want to include when you build your
      application

 Compare to Composition Editor and Part Interface Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> class hierarchy ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A tree-like structure showing relationships among object classes. It places one
abstract class at the top (a base class) and one or more layers of less
abstract classes below it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> class library ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A collection of classes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> class member function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See member function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> client area object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An intermediate window between a frame window (IFrameWindow) and its controls
and other child windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> client object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An object that requests services from other objects.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> collection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A set of features in which each feature is an object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> composite part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A part that is composed of a part and one or more subparts. A composite part
can contain visual parts, nonvisual parts, or both.

See also  nonvisual part, part, subpart, and  visual part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Composition Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A view that is used to build a graphical user interface and to make connections
between parts.

Compare to Class Editor and Part Interface Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> concrete class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A subclass of an abstract class that is a specialization of the abstract class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A formal, explicit relationship between parts. Making connections is the basic
technique for building any visual application because that defines the way in
which parts communicate with one another. Visual Builder generates the code
that then implements these connections.

See also  attribute-to-action connection, attribute-to-attribute connection,
attribute-to-member function connection, attribute-to-parameter connection,
custom logic connection, event-to-action connection, event-to-attribute
connection, and  event-to-member function connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> const ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An attribute of a data object that declares that the object cannot be changed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> construction from parts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A software development technology in which applications are assembled from
existing and reusable software components, known as parts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> constructor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A special class member function that has the same name as the class and is used
to construct and possibly initialize class objects.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> cursored emphasis ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When the selection cursor is on a choice, that choice has cursored emphasis.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> custom logic connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection that causes your customized C or C++ code to be run. This
connection can be triggered either when an attribute's value changes or an
event occurs. Use this connection for short pieces of code that you do not plan
to reuse.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> data abstraction ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A data type with a private representation and a public set of operations. The
C++ language uses the concept of classes to implement data abstraction.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> data member ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Private data that belongs to a given object and is hidden from direct access by
all other objects. Data members can only be accessed by the member functions of
the defining class and its subclasses.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> data model ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A combination of the base classes and parts shipped with the product and the
classes and parts you save and create. They are saved in a file named
vbbase.vbb.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> data object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A storage area used to hold a value.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> declaration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A description that makes an external object or function available to a function
or a block.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> DEF file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See  module definition file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> derivation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The creation of a new or abstract class from an existing or base class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> destructor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A special class member function that has the same name as the class and is used
to destruct class objects.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> DLL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See  dynamic link library.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> dynamic link library (DLL) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A library containing data and code objects that can be used by programs or
applications during loading or at run time. Although they are not part of the
program's executable (.exe) file, they are sometimes required for an .exe file
to run properly.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> encapsulation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The hiding of a software object's internal representation. The object provides
an interface that queries and manipulates the data without exposing its
underlying structure.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> event ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A specification of a notification from a part.

Compare to action , attribute, and part event.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> event-to-action connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection that causes an action when a certain event occurs.

See also connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> event-to-attribute connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection that changes the value of an attribute when a certain event
occurs.

See also connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> event-to-member function connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A connection from an event of a part to a member function. When the connected
event occurs, the member function is executed.

See also  connection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> expansion area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The section of a multicell canvas between the current cell grid and the outer
edge of the canvas. Visually, this area is bounded by the rightmost column
gridline and the bottommost row gridline.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> feature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A major component of a software product that can be installed separately.

In Visual Builder, an action, attribute, or event that is available from a
part's part interface and that other parts can connect to.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> full attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An attribute that has all of the behaviors and characteristics that an
attribute can have:  a data member, a get member function, a set member
function, and an event identifier.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> free-form surface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The large open area of the Composition Editor window. The free-form surface
holds the visual parts contained in the views you build and representations of
the nonvisual parts (models) that your application includes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> get member function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The public member function that retrieves the values of a property.

See also member function and property.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> graphical user interface (GUI) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A type of interface that enables users to communicate with a program by
manipulating graphical features, rather than by entering commands. Typically, a
graphical user interface includes a combination of graphics, pointing devices,
menu bars and other menus, overlapping windows, and icons.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> GUI ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See  graphical user interface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> handles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Small squares that appear on the corners of a selected visual part in Visual
Builder. Handles are used to resize parts.

Compare to primary selection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> header file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A file that contains system-defined control information that precedes user
data.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> inheritance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A mechanism by which an object class can use the attributes, relationships, and
member functions defined in more abstract classes related to it (its base
classes).

An object-oriented programming technique that allows you to use existing
classes as bases for creating other classes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> instance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Synonym for  object, a particular instantiation of a data type.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> legacy code ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Existing code that a user might have. Legacy applications often have
character-based, nongraphical user interfaces; usually they are written in a
nonobject-oriented language, such as C or COBOL.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> loaded ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The state of the mouse pointer between the time you select a part from the
parts palette and deposit the part on the free-form surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> main part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The part that users see when they start an application. This is the part from
which the main() function C++ code for the application is generated.

The main part is a special kind of composite part.

See also  part and  main part


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> member ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A data object in a structure or a union.

In C++, classes and structures can also contain functions and types as members.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> member function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An operator or function that is declared as a member of a class. A member
function has access to the private and protected member functions and data
members of objects of its class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> member function call ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A communication from one object to another that requests the receiving object
to execute a member function.

A member function call consists of a member function name that indicates the
requested member function and the arguments to be used in executing the member
function. The member function call always returns some object to the requesting
object as the result of performing the member function.

Synonym for  message.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> member function name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The component of a member function call that specifies the requested operation.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> message ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A request from one object that the receiving object implement a member
function. Because data is encapsulated and not directly accessible, a message
is the only way to send data from one object to another. Each message specifies
the name of the receiving object, the member function to be implemented, and
any arguments the member function needs for implementation.

Synonym for  member function call.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> model ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A nonvisual part that represents the state and behavior of a object, such as a
customer or an account.

Contrast with view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> module definition file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A file that describes the code segments within a load module.

Synonym for DEF file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> nested class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A class defined within the scope of another class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> nonvisual part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A part that has no visual representation at run time. A nonvisual part
typically represents some real-world object that exists in the business
environment.

Compare to model. Contrast with view and visual part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> no-event attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An attribute that does not have an event identifier.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> no-set attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An attribute that does not have a set member function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> notebook part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A visual part that resembles a bound notebook containing pages separated into
sections by tabbed divider pages. A user can turn the pages of a notebook or
select the tabs to move from one section to another.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> object ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A computer representation of something that a user can work with to perform a
task. An object can appear as text or an icon.

A collection of data and member functions that operate on that data, which
together represent a logical entity in the system. In object-oriented
programming, objects are grouped into classes that share common data
definitions and member functions. Each object in the class is said to be an
instance of the class.

An instance of an object class consisting of attributes, a data structure, and
operational member functions. It can represent a person, place, thing, event,
or concept. Each instance has the same properties, attributes, and member
functions as other instances of the object class, though it has unique values
assigned to its attributes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> object class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A template for defining the attributes and member functions of an object An
object class can contain other object classes. An individual representation of
an object class is called an object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> object factory ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A nonvisual part capable of dynamically creating new instance of a specified
part. For example, during the execution of an application, an object factory
can create instances of a new class to collect the data being generated.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> object-oriented programming ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A programming approach based on the concepts of data abstraction and
inheritance Unlike procedural programming techniques, object-oriented
programming concentrates on those data objects that comprise the problem and
how they are manipulated, not on how something is accomplished.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> observor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An object that receives notification from a notifier object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> operation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A member function or service that can be requested of an object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> overloading ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An object-oriented programming technique that allows you to redefine functions
and most standard C++ operators when the functions and operators are used with
class types.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> parent class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The class from which another part or class inherits data, member functions, or
both.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A self-contained software object with a standardized part interface consisting
of a set of external features that allow the part to interact with other parts.
A part is implemented as a class that supports the INotifier protocol and has a
part interface defined.

The parts on the parts palette can be used as templates to create instances or
objects.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> part event ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A representation of a change that occurs to a part. The events on a part's
interface enable other interested parts to receive notification when something
about the part changes. For example, a push button generates an event signaling
that it has been clicked, which might cause another part to display a window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> part event ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The name of a part static-data member used to identify which notification is
being signaled.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> part interface ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A set of external features that allows a part to interact with other parts. A
part's interface is made up of three characteristics: attributes, actions, and
events.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Part Interface Editor ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An editor that the application developer uses to create and modify attributes,
actions, and events, which together make up the interface of a part.

Compare to Class Editor and Composition Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> parts palette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The parts palette holds a collection of visual parts and nonvisual parts used
in building additional parts for an application. The parts palette is organized
into categories. Application developers can add parts to the palette for use in
defining applications or other parts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> preferred features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A subset of the part's features that appear in a pop-up connection menu.
Generally, they are the features used most often.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> primary selection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Composition Editor, the part used as a base for an action that affects
several parts. For example, an alignment tool will align all selected parts
with the primary selection. Primary selection is indicated by closed (solid)
selection handles, while the other selected parts have open selection handles.

See also  selection handles.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> private ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Pertaining to a class member that is accessible only to member functions and
friends of that class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> process ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A program running under OS/2, along with the resources associated with it
(memory, threads, file system resources, and so on).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> promote features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Make features of a subpart available to be used for making connections. This
applies to subparts that are to be included in other parts, for example, a
subpart consisting of three push buttons on a canvas. If this example subpart
is placed in a frame window, the features of the push buttons would have to be
promoted to make them available from within the frame window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> property ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A unique characteristic of a part or object that can be changed or modified. It
can be a data object stored as a data member, a data object accessed by another
object, or a computed data object.

See also  data object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> protected ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Pertaining to a class member that is only accessible to member functions and
friends of that class, or to member functions and friends of classes derived
from that class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> prototype ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A function declaration or definition that includes both the return type of the
function and the types of its arguments.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> primitive part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A basic building block of other parts. A primitive part can be relatively
complex in terms of the function it provides.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> pure virtual function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A virtual function that has a function definition of = 0;.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> receiver ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The object that receives a member function call.

Contrast with caller.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> resource file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A file that contains data used by an application, such as text strings and
icons.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> selection handles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Composition Editor, small squares that appear on the corners of a
selected visual part. Selection handles are used to resize parts.

See also  primary selection.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> server ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A computer that provides services to multiple users or workstations in a
network; for example, a file server, a print server, or a mail server.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> service ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A specific behavior that an object is responsible for exhibiting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> set member function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The public member function that sets the value of a property.

See also  member function and  property.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> settings view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A view of a part that provides a way to display and set the attributes and
options associated with the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> sticky ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the Composition Editor, the mode that enables you to add multiple parts of
the same class (for example, three push buttons) without going back and forth
between the parts palette and the free-form surface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> structure ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A construct that contains an ordered group of data objects. Unlike an array,
the data objects within a structure can have varied data types.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> subpart ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A part that is used to create another part.

See also nonvisual part, part, and visual part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> superclass ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See abstract class and base class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> tear-off attribute ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An attribute that an application developer has exposed to work with as though
it were a stand-alone part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> template ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A family of classes or functions with variable types.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> thread ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A unit of execution within a process.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> tool bar ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The strip of icons along the top of the free-form surface. The tool bar
contains tools to help you construct composite parts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> UI ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

See  user interface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> unloaded ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The state of the mouse pointer before you select a part from the parts palette
and after you deposit a part on the free-form surface. In addition, you can
unload the mouse pointer by pressing the Esc key.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> user interface (UI) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The hardware, software, or both that enable a user to interact with a computer.

The term user interface normally refers to the visual presentation and its
underlying software with which a user interacts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> variable ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A storage place within an object for a data feature. The data feature is an
object, such as number or date, stored as an attribute of the containing
object.

A part that receives an identity at run time. A variable by itself contains no
data or program logic; it must be connected such that it receives runtime
identity from a part elsewhere in the application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> view ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A visual part, such as a window, push button, or entry field.

A visual representation that can display and change the underlying model
objects of an application. Views are both the end result of developing an
application and the basic unit of composition of user interfaces.

Compare to visual part. Contrast with model.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> virtual function ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A function of a class that is declared with the keyword virtual. The
implementation that is executed when you make a call to a virtual function
depends on the type of the object for which it is called. This is determined at
run time.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> visual part ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A part that has a visual representation at run time. Visual parts, such as
windows, push buttons, and entry fields, make up the user interface of an
application.

Compare to view. Contrast with nonvisual part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> visual programming tool ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A tool that provides a means for specifying programs graphically. Application
programmers write applications by manipulating graphical representations of
components.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> white space ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Space characters, tab characters, form-feed characters, and new-line
characters.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A rectangular area of the screen with visible boundaries in which information
is displayed. Windows can overlap on the screen, giving it the appearance of
one window being on top of another.

In the Composition Editor, a window is a part that can be used as a container
for other visual parts, such as push buttons.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the task roadmap by selecting HelpHow Do I in any of the following
windows:

     Visual Builder window
     Composition Editor
     Class Editor
     Part Interface Editor


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Product Information window by selecting HelpProduct
Information in any of the following windows:

     Visual Builder window
     Composition Editor
     Class Editor
     Part Interface Editor


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Composition Editor window several different ways, depending
upon whether you want to create a new part or edit an existing part.

To create a new part, select PartNewVisual part, or select NewVisual part from
the pop-up menu for the Visual part pane in the Visual Builder window.

To edit an existing part, do one of the following:

     In the Visual Builder window, select a .vbb file from the Loaded part
      files pane, and then double-click on the part.

     Select Edit part from the pop-up menu of a visual part on the free-form
      surface in an existing Composition Editor window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Class Editor a few different ways.

     From the Visual Builder window, do the following:

        1. Open a visual or nonvisual part from the Visual parts pane.

        2. Select the middle radio button at the lower-right corner of the
           Composition Editor or the Part Interface Editor.

     From the View menu of the Composition Editor or the Part Interface
      Editor, select Class Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can get to the Part Interface Editor window from the Composition Editor or
the Class Editor by doing one of the following:

     Select the Part Interface Editor at the lower-right corner of the window.

     Select ViewPart Interface Editor.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can select this pop-up menu choice from the following fields in the Part
Interface Editor:

     Get member function on the Attribute page
     Set member function on the Attribute page
     Event identification on the Attribute and Event pages
     Action member function on the Action page


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To open this window, double-click on the connection line or do the following:

   1. Place the mouse pointer over the connection line and click mouse
      button 2.
   2. Select Open settings from the pop-up menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Add New Part window from the Composition Editor window. Select
OptionsAdd new part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Part - New window from the Visual Builder window. Select
PartNew.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Add New Category window from the Composition Editor. Select
OptionsModify paletteAdd new category.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Connections window from the Composition Editor window by
selecting Connect from the pop-up menu for the part. The Connections window
opens automatically if there is no Preferred features list.

If a Preferred features list appears, select More.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Reorder connections window in either of the following ways:

     From the free-form surface of the Composition Editor window by selecting
      Reorder connections from from the pop-up menu

     By selecting a part and then selecting Reorder connections from from the
      part's pop-up menu


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Set Grid Spacing window from the Composition Editor. From the
pop-up menu for the free-form surface or any part having this choice, select
Set grid spacing.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Add to Palette window in one of the following ways:

     From the File pull-down menu, select Add to palette.
     From the Options pull-down menu of the Composition Editor, select Modify
      paletteAdd new part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To open the Add to Palette window from the Options pull-down menu, select
Modify paletteAdd new part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Add to Palette window from the Visual Builder window. From the
Part pull-down menu, select Add to palette.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can open the Promote Features window from the Composition Editor by
selecting Promote part feature from the pop-up menu for a part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can get to the Custom Logic Connection window from the Composition Editor
by doing the following:

   1. From the pop-up menu for the part, select Connect and then a feature from
      the Preferred features list. If the feature you want is not in the list,
      select More.

   2. Select the part to which you want access through the custom logic
      connection. To specify the composite part currently being edited, click
      on the free-form surface with mouse button 2. Then select Custom logic
      from the pop-up menu.

 Note:  You can refer to any part on the free-form surface by specifying the
        free-form surface as the target of your connection. Use
        target->iPartName to refer to the part.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can select a value from the list using any of the following methods:

Mouse functions

To select a value in the list, click on the item. The value you selected
displays in the entry field.

Note:  A scroll bar with available-state emphasis indicates that more
       information is available and you can scroll it into view.

 Keyboard functions

 You can select the text entry field and enter the value in.

 To move through the values in the list, do one of the following:

     To move to the next value press the up arrow key or the down arrow key.
     To rapidly move through the values press and hold the up arrow key or the
      down arrow key.

 To select a value in the list, press Enter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can select a value from the drop-down list using any of the following
methods:

Mouse functions

   1. View the values in the drop-down list by clicking on the button.
   2. Select one of the values in the list by clicking on the item. The list
      disappears, and the value you selected displays in the entry field.

 Keyboard functions

 You can select a value by entering the first character of one of the values in
 the entry field. The next value beginning with that character replaces the
 value in the entry field.

 Note:  If there is more than one value beginning with the same character, you
        must enter that character again to display the next value in the list.

 To move through the values in the drop-down list, do one of the following:

     To move to the next value press the up arrow key or the down arrow key.
     To rapidly move through the values press and hold the up arrow key or the
      down arrow key.

 To select a value in the list, press Enter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can select a value from the drop-down list using any of the following
methods:

Mouse functions

   1. View the values in the drop-down list by clicking on the button.
   2. Select one of the values in the list by clicking on the item. The list
      disappears, and the value you selected displays in the entry field.

 Keyboard functions

 You can select the text entry field and enter the value in entry field.

 You can also select a value by entering the first character of one of the
 values in the entry field. The next value beginning with that character is
 highlighted in the list. You can then select the item.

 To move through the values in the drop-down list, do one of the following:

     To move to the next value press the up arrow key or the down arrow key.
     To rapidly move through the values press and hold the up arrow key or the
      down arrow key.

 To select a value in the list, press Enter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can select a value with a spin button using any of the following methods:

Mouse functions

To move through the values for the spin button, do one of the following:

     To move to the next value, click on the button or the button.
     To rapidly move through the values, click and hold the button or the
      button.

 The value displayed in the field becomes the selected value.

 Keyboard functions

 You can select the text entry field and type the value in.

 To move through the values for the spin button, do one of the following:

     To move to the next value press the up arrow key or the down arrow key.
     To rapidly move through the values press and hold the up arrow key or the
      down arrow key.

 The value displayed in the field becomes the selected value.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To display a pop-up menu, do the following:

   1. Position the mouse pointer over the field, part, or free-form surface.
   2. Click mouse button 2.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden>  ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To open the settings view window of a part, do one of the following:

     From the pop-up menu for the part, select Open settings.
     Double-click on the part.